]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
1e7be7f1f3ae4d9022543278e5fb4f7d55364e98
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 255 in spe:
4
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
6
7 * Support for split-usr (/usr/ mounted separately during late boot,
8 instead of being mounted by the initrd before switching to the rootfs)
9 and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and
10 /usr/lib/, …) has been removed. For more details, see:
11 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
12
13 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
14 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
15 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
16 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
17 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
18 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
19
20 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
21 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
22 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
23 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
24
25 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
26 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
27 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
28 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
29 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
30 user feedback.
31
32 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
33 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
34 release to be enabled by default.
35
36 * "systemctl switch-root" is now restricted to initrd transitions only.
37
38 Transitions between real systems should be done with
39 "systemctl soft-reboot" instead.
40
41 * The "ip=off" and "ip=none" kernel command line options interpreted by
42 systemd-network-generator will now result in IPv6RA + link-local
43 addressing being disabled, too. Previously DHCP was turned off, but
44 IPv6RA and IPv6 link-local addressing was left enabled.
45
46 * The NAMING_BRIDGE_MULTIFUNCTION_SLOT naming scheme has been deprecated
47 and is now disabled.
48
49 * SuspendMode=, HibernateState= and HybridSleepState= in the [Sleep]
50 section of systemd-sleep.conf are now deprecated and have no effect.
51 They did not (and could not) take any value other than the respective
52 default. HybridSleepMode= is also deprecated, and will now always use
53 the 'suspend' disk mode.
54
55 Service Manager:
56
57 * The way services are spawned has been overhauled. Previously, a
58 process was forked that shared all of the manager's memory (via
59 copy-on-write) while doing all the required setup (e.g.: mount
60 namespaces, CGroup configuration, etc.) before exec'ing the target
61 executable. This was problematic for various reasons: several glibc
62 APIs were called that are not supposed to be used after a fork but
63 before an exec, copy-on-write meant that if either process (the
64 manager or the child) touched a memory page a copy was triggered, and
65 also the memory footprint of the child process was that of the
66 manager, but with the memory limits of the service. From this version
67 onward, the new process is spawned using CLONE_VM and CLONE_VFORK
68 semantics via posix_spawn(3), and it immediately execs a new internal
69 binary, systemd-executor, that receives the configuration to apply
70 via memfd, and sets up the process before exec'ing the target
71 executable.
72
73 * Most of the internal process tracking is being changed to use PIDFDs
74 instead of PIDs when the kernel supports it, to improve robustness
75 and reliability.
76
77 * A new option SurviveFinalKillSignal= can be used to configure the
78 unit to be skipped in the final SIGTERM/SIGKILL spree on shutdown.
79 This is part of the required configuration to let a unit's processes
80 survive a soft-reboot operation.
81
82 * System extension images (sysext) can now set
83 EXTENSION_RELOAD_MANAGER=1 in their extension-release files to
84 automatically reload the service manager (PID 1) when
85 merging/refreshing/unmerging on boot. Generally, while this can be
86 used to ship services in system extension images it's recommended to
87 do that via portable services instead.
88
89 * The ExtensionImages= and ExtensionDirectories= options now support
90 confexts images/directories.
91
92 * A new option NFTSet= provides a method for integrating dynamic cgroup
93 IDs into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using this
94 setting is to be able to use control group as a selector in firewall
95 rules easily and this in turn allows more fine grained filtering.
96 Also, NFT rules for cgroup matching use numeric cgroup IDs, which
97 change every time a service is restarted, making them hard to use in
98 systemd environment.
99
100 * A new option CoredumpReceive= can be set for service and scope units,
101 together with Delegate=yes, to make systemd-coredump on the host
102 forward core files from processes crashing inside the delegated
103 CGroup subtree to systemd-coredump running in the container. This new
104 option is by default used by systemd-nspawn containers that use the
105 "--boot" switch.
106
107 * A new ConditionSecurity=measured-uki option is now available, to ensure
108 a unit can only run when the system has been booted from a measured UKI.
109
110 * MemoryAvailable= now considers physical memory if there are no CGroup
111 memory limits set anywhere in the tree.
112
113 * The $USER environment variable is now always set for services, while
114 previously it was only set if User= was specified. A new option
115 SetLoginEnvironment= is now supported to determine whether to also set
116 $HOME, $LOGNAME, and $SHELL.
117
118 * Socket units now support a new pair of
119 PollLimitBurst=/PollLimitInterval= options to configure a limit on
120 how often polling events on the file descriptors backing this unit
121 will be considered within a time window.
122
123 * Scope units can now be created using PIDFDs instead of PIDs to select
124 the processes they should include.
125
126 * Sending SIGRTMIN+18 with 0x500 as sigqueue() value will now cause the
127 manager to dump the list of currently pending jobs.
128
129 * If the kernel supports MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH, the systemctl and
130 machinectl bind and mount-image verbs will now cause the new mount to
131 replace the old mount (if any), instead of overmounting it.
132
133 * Units now have a MemoryPeak property, which contains the value of
134 cgroup v2's memory.peak property.
135
136 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
137
138 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a PCR bank and explicit hash
139 value in the --tpm2-pcrs= option.
140
141 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a TPM2 key handle to be used
142 instead of the default SRK via the new --tpm2-seal-key-handle= option.
143
144 * systemd-cryptsetup is now installed in /usr/bin/ and is no longer an
145 internal-only executable.
146
147 * The TPM2 Storage Root Key will now be set up, if not already present,
148 by a new systemd-tpm2-setup.service early boot service.
149
150 * The internal systemd-pcrphase executable has been renamed to
151 systemd-pcrextend.
152
153 * The systemd-pcrextend tool gained a new --pcr= switch to override
154 which PCR to measure into.
155
156 * systemd-pcrextend now exposes a Varlink interface at
157 io.systemd.PCRExtend that can be used to do measurements and event
158 logging on demand.
159
160 * TPM measurements are now also written to an event log at
161 /run/log/systemd/tpm2-measure.log, using a derivative of the TCG
162 Canonical Event Log format. Previously we'd only log them to the
163 journal, where they however were subject to rotation and similar.
164
165 * A new component "systemd-pcrlock" has been added that allows managing
166 local TPM2 PCR policies for PCRs 0-7 and similar, which are hard to
167 predict by the OS vendor because of the inherently local nature of
168 what measurements they contain, such as firmware versions of the
169 system and extension cards and suchlike. pcrlock can predict PCR
170 measurements ahead of time based on various inputs, such as the local
171 TPM2 event log, GPT partition tables, PE binaries, UKI kernels, and
172 various other things. It can then pre-calculate a TPM2 policy from
173 this, which it stores in an TPM2 NV index. TPM2 objects (such as disk
174 encryption keys) can be locked against this NV index, so that they
175 are locked against a specific combination of system firmware and
176 state. Alternatives for each component are supported to allowlist
177 multiple kernel versions or boot loader version simultaneously
178 without losing access to the disk encryption keys. The tool can also
179 be used to analyze and validate the local TPM2 event
180 log. systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-repart have all
181 been updated to support such policies. There's currently no support
182 for locking the system's root disk against a pcrlock policy, this
183 will be added soon. Moreover, it is currently not possible to combine
184 a pcrlock policy with a signed PCR policy. This component is
185 experimental and its public interface is subject to change.
186
187 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
188
189 * bootctl will now show whether the system was booted from a UKI in its
190 status output.
191
192 * systemd-boot and systemd-stub now use different project keys in their
193 respective SBAT sections, so that they can be revoked individually if
194 needed.
195
196 * systemd-boot will no longer load unverified Devicetree blobs when UEFI
197 SecureBoot is enabled. For more details see:
198 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/security/advisories/GHSA-6m6p-rjcq-334c
199
200 * systemd-boot gained new hotkeys to reboot and power off the system
201 from the boot menu ("B" and "O"). If the "auto-poweroff" and
202 "auto-reboot" options in loader.conf are set these entries are also
203 shown as menu items (which is useful on devices lacking a regular
204 keyboard).
205
206 * systemd-boot gained a new configuration value "menu-disabled" for the
207 set-timeout option, to allow completely disabling the boot menu,
208 including the hotkey.
209
210 * systemd-boot will now measure the content of loader.conf in TPM2 PCR
211 5.
212
213 * systemd-stub will now concatenate the content of all kernel
214 command-line addons before measuring them in TPM2 PCR 12, in a single
215 measurement, instead of measuring them individually.
216
217 * systemd-stub will now measure and load Devicetree Blob addons, which
218 are searched and loaded following the same model as the existing
219 kernel command-line addons.
220
221 * systemd-stub will now ignore unauthenticated kernel command line options
222 passed from systemd-boot when running inside Confidential VMs with UEFI
223 SecureBoot enabled.
224
225 * ukify is no longer considered experimental, and now ships in /usr/bin/.
226
227 * ukify gained a new verb inspect to describe the sections of a UKI and
228 print the contents of the well-known sections.
229
230 * ukify gained a new verb genkey to generate a set of of key pairs for
231 signing UKIs and their PCR data.
232
233 * The 90-loaderentry kernel-install hook now supports installing device
234 trees.
235
236 systemd-repart:
237
238 * A new option --copy-from= has been added that synthesizes partition
239 definitions from the given image, which are then applied by the
240 systemd-repart algorithm.
241
242 * A new option --copy-source= has been added, which can be used to specify
243 a directory to which CopyFiles= is considered relative to.
244
245 * New --make-ddi=confext, --make-ddi=sysext, and --make-ddi=portable
246 options have been added to make it easier to generate these types of
247 DDIs, without having to provide repart.d definitions for them.
248
249 * The dm-verity salt and UUID will now be derived from the specified
250 seed value.
251
252 * New VerityDataBlockSizeBytes= and VerityHashBlockSizeBytes= can now be
253 configured in repart.d/ configuration files.
254
255 * A new Subvolumes= setting is now supported in repart.d/ configuration
256 files, to indicate which directories in the target partition should be
257 btrfs subvolumes.
258
259 Journal:
260
261 * The journalctl --lines= parameter now accepts +N to show the oldest N
262 entries instead of the newest.
263
264 Device Management:
265
266 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
267 /dev/disk/by-loop-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name
268 string field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and
269 the util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new switch
270 --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback block
271 device may now be allocated under a caller-chosen reference and can
272 subsequently be referenced without first having to look up the block
273 device name the caller ended up with.
274
275 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
276 /dev/disk/by-loop-inode/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields
277 of the inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that
278 attaching a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle
279 available to be found via that file's inode information.
280
281 * udevadm info gained support for JSON output via a new --json= flag, and
282 for filtering output using the same mechanism that udevadm trigger
283 already implements.
284
285 * The predictable network interface naming logic is extended to include
286 the SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface names.
287 This feature was intended for v254, but even though the code was
288 merged, the part that actually enabled the feature was forgotten.
289 It is now enabled by default and is part of the new "v255" naming
290 scheme.
291
292 * A new hwdb/rules file has been added that sets the
293 ID_NET_AUTO_LINK_LOCAL_ONLY=1 udev property on all network interfaces
294 that should usually only be configured with link-local addressing
295 (IPv4LL + IPv6LL), i.e. for PC-to-PC cables ("laplink") or
296 Thunderbolt networking. systemd-networkd and NetworkManager (soon)
297 will make use of this information to apply an appropriate network
298 configuration by default.
299
300 * The ID_NET_DRIVER property on network interfaces is now set
301 relatively early in the udev rule set so that other rules may rely on
302 its use. This is implemented in a new "net-driver" udev built-in.
303
304 Network Management:
305
306 * The "duid-only" option for DHCPv4 client's ClientIdentifier= setting
307 is now dropped, as it never worked, hence it should not be used by
308 anyone.
309
310 * The 'prefixstable' ipv6 address generation mode now considers the SSID
311 when generating stable addresses, so that a different stable address
312 is used when roaming between wireless networks. If you already use
313 'prefixstable' addresses with wireless networks, the stable address
314 will be changed by the update.
315
316 * The DHCPv4 client gained a RapidCommit option, true by default, which
317 enables RFC4039 Rapid Commit behavior to obtain a lease in a
318 simplified 2-message exchange instead of the typical 4-message
319 exchange, if also supported by the DHCP server.
320
321 * The DHCPv4 client gained new InitialCongestionWindow= and
322 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= options for route configurations.
323
324 * The DHCPv4 client gained a new RequestAddress= option that allows
325 to send a preferred IP address in the initial DHCPDISCOVER message.
326
327 * The DHCPv4 server and client gained support for IPv6-only mode
328 (RFC8925).
329
330 * The SendHostname= and Hostname= options are now available for the
331 DHCPv6 client, independently of the DHCPv4= option, so that these
332 configuration values can be set independently for each client.
333
334 * The DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 client state can now be queried via D-Bus,
335 including lease information.
336
337 * The DHCPv6 client can now be configured to use a custom DUID type.
338
339 * .network files gained a new IPv4ReversePathFilter= setting in the
340 [Network] section, to control sysctl's rp_filter setting.
341
342 * .network files gaiend a new HopLimit= setting in the [Route] section,
343 to configure a per-route hop limit.
344
345 * .network files gained a new TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec= setting in
346 the [Route] section, to configure a per-route TCP retransmission
347 timeout.
348
349 * A new directive NFTSet= provides a method for integrating network
350 configuration into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using
351 this setting is that static network configuration or dynamically
352 obtained network addresses can be used in firewall rules with the
353 indirection of NFT set types.
354
355 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section supports the following new options:
356 UsePREF64=, UseHopLimit=, UseICMP6RateLimit=, and NFTSet=.
357
358 * The [IPv6SendRA] section supports the following new options:
359 RetransmitSec=, HopLimit=, HomeAgent=, HomeAgentLifetimeSec=, and
360 HomeAgentPreference=.
361
362 * A new [IPv6PREF64Prefix] set of options, containing Prefix= and
363 LifetimeSec=, has been introduced to append pref64 options in router
364 advertisements (RFC8781).
365
366 * The network generator now configures the interfaces with only
367 link-local addressing if "ip=link-local" is specified on the kernel
368 command line.
369
370 * The prefix of the configuration files generated by the network
371 generator from the kernel command line is now prefixed with '70-',
372 to make them have higher precedence over the default configuration
373 files.
374
375 * Added a new -Ddefault-network=BOOL meson option, that causes more
376 .network files to be installed as enabled by default. These configuration
377 files will which match generic setups, e.g. 89-ethernet.network matches
378 all Ethernet interfaces and enables both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 clients.
379
380 * If a ID_NET_MANAGED_BY= udev property is set on a network device and
381 it is any other string than "io.systemd.Network" then networkd will
382 not manage this device. This may be used to allow multiple network
383 management services to run in parallel and assign ownership of
384 specific devices explicitly. NetworkManager will soon implement a
385 similar logic.
386
387 systemctl:
388
389 * systemctl is-failed now checks the system state if no unit is
390 specified.
391
392 * systemctl will now automatically soft-reboot if a new root file system
393 is found under /run/nextroot/ when a reboot operation is invoked.
394
395 Login management:
396
397 * Wall messages now work even when utmp support is disabled, using
398 systemd-logind to query the necessary information.
399
400 * systemd-logind now sends a new PrepareForShutdownWithMetadata D-Bus
401 signal before shutdown/reboot/soft-reboot that includes additional
402 information compared to the PrepareForShutdown signal. Currently the
403 additional information is the type of operation that is about to be
404 executed.
405
406 Hibernation & Suspend:
407
408 * The kernel and OS versions will no longer be checked on resume from
409 hibernation.
410
411 * Hibernation into swap files backed by btrfs are now
412 supported. (Previously this was supported only for other file
413 systems.)
414
415 Other:
416
417 * A new systemd-vmspawn tool has been added, that aims to provide for VMs
418 the same interfaces and functionality that systemd-nspawn provides for
419 containers. For now it supports QEMU as a backend, and exposes some of
420 its options to the user. This component is experimental and its public
421 interface is subject to change.
422
423 * "systemd-analyze plot" has gained tooltips on each unit name with
424 related-unit information in its svg output, such as Before=,
425 Requires=, and similar properties.
426
427 * A new varlinkctl tool has been added to allow interfacing with
428 Varlink services, and introspection has been added to all such
429 services.
430
431 * systemd-sysext and systemd-confext now expose a Varlink service
432 at io.systemd.sysext.
433
434 * portable services now accept confexts as extensions.
435
436 * systemd-sysupdate now accepts directories in the MatchPattern= option.
437
438 * systemd-run will now output the invocation ID of the launched
439 transient unit and its peak memory usage.
440
441 * systemd-analyze, systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-sysusers, systemd-sysctl,
442 and systemd-binfmt gained a new --tldr option that can be used instead
443 of --cat-config to suppress uninteresting configuration lines, such as
444 comments and whitespace.
445
446 * resolvectl gained a new "show-server-state" command that shows
447 current statistics of the resolver. This is backed by a new
448 DumpStatistics() Varlink method provided by systemd-resolved.
449
450 * systemd-timesyncd will now emit a D-Bus signal when the LinkNTPServers
451 property changes.
452
453 * vconsole now supports KEYMAP=@kernel for preserving the kernel keymap
454 as-is.
455
456 * seccomp now supports the LoongArch64 architecture.
457
458 * systemd-id128 now supports a new -P option to show only values. The
459 combination of -P and --app options is also supported.
460
461 * A new pam_systemd_loadkey.so PAM module is now available, which will
462 automatically fetch the passphrase used by cryptsetup to unlock the
463 root file system and set it as the PAM authtok. This enables, among
464 other things, configuring auto-unlock of the GNOME Keyring / KDE
465 Wallet when autologin is configured.
466
467 * Many meson options now use the 'feature' type, which means they
468 take enabled/disabled/auto as values.
469
470 * A new meson option -Dconfigfiledir= can be used to change where
471 configuration files with default values are installed to.
472
473 * Options and verbs in man pages are now tagged with the version they
474 were first introduced in.
475
476 * A new component "systemd-storagetm" has been added, which exposes all
477 local block devices as NVMe-TCP devices, fully automatically. It's
478 hooked into a new target unit storage-target-mode.target that is
479 suppsoed to be booted into via
480 rd.systemd.unit=storage-target-mode.target on the kernel command
481 line. This is intended to be used for installers and debugging to
482 quickly get access to the local disk. It's inspired by MacOS "target
483 disk mode".
484
485 * A new component "systemd-bsod" has been added, which can show logged
486 error messages full screen, if they have a log level of LOG_EMERG log
487 level.
488
489 * The systemd-dissect tool's --with command will now set the
490 $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_DEVICE environment variable to the block device it
491 operates on for the invoked process.
492
493 * The systemd-mount tool gained a new --tmpfs switch for mounting a new
494 'tmpfs' instance. This is useful since it does so via .mount units
495 and thus can be executed remotely or in containers.
496
497 * The various tools in systemd that take "verbs" (such as systemctl,
498 loginctl, machinectl, …) now will suggest a close verb name in case
499 the user specified an unrecognized one.
500
501 * libsystemd now exports a new function sd_id128_get_app_specific()
502 that generates "app-specific" 128bit IDs from any ID. It's similar to
503 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() and
504 sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific() but takes the ID to base calculation
505 on as input. This new functionality is also exposed in the
506 "systemd-id128" tool where you can now combine --app= with `show`.
507
508 * All tools that parse timestamps now can also parse RFC3339 style
509 timestamps that include the "T" and Z" characters.
510
511 * New documentation has been added:
512
513 https://systemd.io/FILE_DESCRIPTOR_STORE
514 https://systemd.io/TPM2_PCR_MEASUREMENTS
515 https://systemd.io/MOUNT_REQUIREMENTS
516
517 * The codebase now recognizes the suffix .confext.raw and .sysext.raw
518 as alternative to the .raw suffix generally accepted for DDIs. It is
519 recommended to name configuration extensions and system extensions
520 with such suffixes, to indicate their purpose in the name.
521
522 * The sd-device API gained a new function
523 sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property_required() which allows
524 configuring matches on properties that are strictly required. This is
525 different from the existing sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property()
526 matches of which one one needs to apply.
527
528 * The MAC address the veth side of an nspawn container shall get
529 assigned may now be controlled via the $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_NETWORK_MAC
530 environment variable.
531
532 * The libiptc dependency is now implemented via dlopen(), so that tools
533 such as networkd and nspawn no longer have a hard dependency on the
534 shared library when compiled with support for libiptc.
535
536 * New rpm macros have been added: %systemd_user_daemon_reexec does
537 daemon-reexec for all user managers, and %systemd_postun_with_reload
538 and %systemd_user_postun_with_reload do a reload for system and user
539 units on upgrades.
540
541 Contributions from: 김인수, Abderrahim Kitouni, Adam Williamson,
542 Alexandre Peixoto Ferreira, Alex Hudspith, Alvin Alvarado,
543 André Paiusco, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Anton Lundin,
544 Arseny Maslennikov, Arthur Shau, Balázs Úr, beh_10257,
545 Benjamin Peterson, Bertrand Jacquin, Brian Norris, Chris Patterson,
546 Christian Hergert, Christian Hesse, Christian Kirbach,
547 commondservice, Curtis Klein, cvlc12, Daan De Meyer,
548 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman,
549 David Rheinsberg, David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon,
550 dependabot[bot], Dmitry V. Levin, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito,
551 Emil Renner Berthing, Emil Velikov, Etienne Dechamps, Fabian Vogt,
552 felixdoerre, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, G2-Games,
553 Gioele Barabucci, Hugo Carvalho, huyubiao, IllusionMan1212,
554 Jade Lovelace, janana, Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku,
555 Jin Liu, Joerg Behrmann, Johannes Segitz, Jordan Rome,
556 Jordan Williams, Julien Malka, Juno Computers, Khem Raj, khm,
557 Kingbom Dou, Kiran Vemula, Laszlo Gombos, Lennart Poettering,
558 Luca Boccassi, Lucas Adriano Salles, Lukas, Lukáš Nykrýn,
559 Maanya Goenka, Maarten, Malte Poll, Marc Pervaz Boocha,
560 Martin Beneš, Martin Wilck, Mathieu Tortuyaux, Matthias Schiffer,
561 Maxim Mikityanskiy, Max Kellermann, Michael A Cassaniti,
562 Michael Biebl, Michael Kuhn, Michael Vasseur, Michal Koutný,
563 Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan, Milton D. Miller II, mordner,
564 msizanoen, NAHO, Nandakumar Raghavan, Nick Rosbrook, NRK,
565 Oğuz Ersen, Omojola Joshua, pelaufer, Peter Hutterer, PhylLu,
566 Pierre GRASSER, Piotr Drąg, Priit Laes, Rahil Bhimjiani,
567 Raito Bezarius, Raul Cheleguini, Reto Schneider, Richard Maw,
568 Robby Red, RoepLuke, Roland Hieber, Ronan Pigott, Sam James,
569 Sam Leonard, Sergey A, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
570 Takashi Sakamoto, Thorsten Kukuk, Tj, Tomasz Świątek,
571 Topi Miettinen, Valentin David, Valentin Lefebvre,
572 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Haupert, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
573 Warren, Xiaotian Wu, xinpeng wang, Yu Watanabe,
574 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
575
576 — Edinburgh, 2023-11-06
577
578 CHANGES WITH 254:
579
580 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
581
582 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr/
583 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
584 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
585 directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and /usr/lib/, …). For more
586 details, see:
587 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
588
589 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
590 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
591 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
592 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
593 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
594 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
595
596 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
597 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
598 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
599 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
600
601 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
602 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
603 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
604 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
605 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
606 user feedback.
607
608 * EnvironmentFile= now treats the line following a comment line
609 trailing with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
610 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
611
612 * PrivateNetwork=yes and NetworkNamespacePath= now imply
613 PrivateMounts=yes unless PrivateMounts=no is explicitly specified.
614
615 * Behaviour of sandboxing options for the per-user service manager
616 units has changed. They now imply PrivateUsers=yes, which means user
617 namespaces will be implicitly enabled when a sandboxing option is
618 enabled in a user unit. Enabling user namespaces has the drawback
619 that system users will no longer be visible (and processes/files will
620 appear as owned by 'nobody') in the user unit.
621
622 By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
623 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great
624 source of confusion that has been reported by users over the years,
625 due to how these options require an extra setting to be manually
626 enabled when used in the per-user service manager, which is not
627 needed in the system service manager. For more details, see:
628 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
629
630 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
631 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
632 release to be enabled by default.
633
634 Security Relevant Changes:
635
636 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
637 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
638 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
639 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
640 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
641 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
642 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
643 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
644 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
645 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
646 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
647 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
648 users.
649
650 Service Manager:
651
652 * Memory limits that apply while the unit is activating are now
653 supported. Previously IO and CPU settings were already supported via
654 StartupCPUWeight= and similar. The same logic has been added for the
655 various manager and unit memory settings (DefaultStartupMemoryLow=,
656 StartupMemoryLow=, StartupMemoryHigh=, StartupMemoryMax=,
657 StartupMemorySwapMax=, StartupMemoryZSwapMax=).
658
659 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
660 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
661 sigqueue() system call. This is accessible via new D-Bus calls
662 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.QueueSignalUnit() and
663 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Unit.QueueSignal(), as well as in systemctl
664 via the new --kill-value= option.
665
666 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
667 active .path units, similarly to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
668 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
669
670 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
671 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
672 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
673 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
674
675 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
676 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call, it is used instead of the
677 seccomp()-based system call filter to achieve the same effect.
678
679 * A new set of kernel command line options is now understood:
680 systemd.tty.term.<name>=, systemd.tty.rows.<name>=,
681 systemd.tty.columns.<name>= allow configuring the TTY type and
682 dimensions for the tty specified via <name>. When systemd invokes a
683 service on a tty (via TTYName=) it will look for these and configure
684 the TTY accordingly. This is particularly useful in VM environments
685 to propagate host terminal settings into the appropriate TTYs of the
686 guest.
687
688 * A new RootEphemeral= setting is now understood in service units. It
689 takes a boolean argument. If enabled for services that use RootImage=
690 or RootDirectory= an ephemeral copy of the disk image or directory
691 tree is made when the service is started. It is removed automatically
692 when the service is stopped. That ephemeral copy is made using
693 btrfs/xfs reflinks or btrfs snapshots, if available.
694
695 * The service activation logic gained new settings RestartSteps= and
696 RestartMaxDelaySec= which allow exponentially-growing restart
697 intervals for Restart=.
698
699 * The service activation logic gained a new setting RestartMode= which
700 can be set to 'direct' to skip the inactive/failed states when
701 restarting, so that dependent units are not notified until the service
702 converges to a final (successful or failed) state. For example, this
703 means that OnSuccess=/OnFailure= units will not be triggered until the
704 service state has converged.
705
706 * PID 1 will now automatically load the virtio_console kernel module
707 during early initialization if running in a suitable VM. This is done
708 so that early-boot logging can be written to the console if available.
709
710 * Similarly, virtio-vsock support is loaded early in suitable VM
711 environments. PID 1 will send sd_notify() notifications via AF_VSOCK
712 to the VMM if configured, thus loading this early is beneficial.
713
714 * A new verb "fdstore" has been added to systemd-analyze to show the
715 current contents of the file descriptor store of a unit. This is
716 backed by a new D-Bus call DumpUnitFileDescriptorStore() provided by
717 the service manager.
718
719 * The service manager will now set a new $FDSTORE environment variable
720 when invoking processes for services that have the file descriptor
721 store enabled.
722
723 * A new service option FileDescriptorStorePreserve= has been added that
724 allows tuning the lifecycle of the per-service file descriptor store.
725 If set to "yes", the entries in the fd store are retained even after
726 the service has been fully stopped.
727
728 * The "systemctl clean" command may now be used to clear the fdstore of
729 a service.
730
731 * Unit *.preset files gained a new directive "ignore", in addition to
732 the existing "enable" and "disable". As the name suggests, matching
733 units are left unchanged, i.e. neither enabled nor disabled.
734
735 * Service units gained a new setting DelegateSubgroup=. It takes the
736 name of a sub-cgroup to place any processes the service manager forks
737 off in. Previously, the service manager would place all service
738 processes directly in the top-level cgroup it created for the
739 service. This usually meant that main process in a service with
740 delegation enabled would first have to create a subgroup and move
741 itself down into it, in order to not conflict with the "no processes
742 in inner cgroups" rule of cgroup v2. With this option, this step is
743 now handled by PID 1.
744
745 * The service manager will now look for .upholds/ directories,
746 similarly to the existing support for .wants/ and .requires/
747 directories. Symlinks in this directory result in Upholds=
748 dependencies.
749
750 The [Install] section of unit files gained support for a new
751 UpheldBy= directive to generate .upholds/ symlinks automatically when
752 a unit is enabled.
753
754 * The service manager now supports a new kernel command line option
755 systemd.default_device_timeout_sec=, which may be used to override
756 the default timeout for .device units.
757
758 * A new "soft-reboot" mechanism has been added to the service manager.
759 A "soft reboot" is similar to a regular reboot, except that it
760 affects userspace only: the service manager shuts down any running
761 services and other units, then optionally switches into a new root
762 file system (mounted to /run/nextroot/), and then passes control to a
763 systemd instance in the new file system which then starts the system
764 up again. The kernel is not rebooted and neither is the hardware,
765 firmware or boot loader. This provides a fast, lightweight mechanism
766 to quickly reset or update userspace, without the latency that a full
767 system reset involves. Moreover, open file descriptors may be passed
768 across the soft reboot into the new system where they will be passed
769 back to the originating services. This allows pinning resources
770 across the reboot, thus minimizing grey-out time further. This new
771 reboot mechanism is accessible via the new "systemctl soft-reboot"
772 command.
773
774 * Services using RootDirectory= or RootImage= will now have read-only
775 access to a copy of the host's os-release file under
776 /run/host/os-release, which will be kept up-to-date on 'soft-reboot'.
777 This was already the case for Portable Services, and the feature has
778 now been extended to all services that do not run off the host's
779 root filesystem.
780
781 * A new service setting MemoryKSM= has been added to enable kernel
782 same-page merging individually for services.
783
784 * A new service setting ImportCredentials= has been added that augments
785 LoadCredential= and LoadCredentialEncrypted= and searches for
786 credentials to import from the system, and supports globbing.
787
788 * A new job mode "restart-dependencies" has been added to the service
789 manager (exposed via systemctl --job-mode=). It is only valid when
790 used with "start" jobs, and has the effect that the "start" job will
791 be propagated as "restart" jobs to currently running units that have
792 a BindsTo= or Requires= dependency on the started unit.
793
794 * A new verb "whoami" has been added to "systemctl" which determines as
795 part of which unit the command is being invoked. It writes the unit
796 name to standard output. If one or more PIDs are specified reports
797 the unit names the processes referenced by the PIDs belong to.
798
799 * The system and service credential logic has been improved: there's
800 now a clearly defined place where system provisioning tools running
801 in the initrd can place credentials that will be imported into the
802 system's set of credentials during the initrd → host transition: the
803 /run/credentials/@initrd/ directory. Once the credentials placed
804 there are imported into the system credential set they are deleted
805 from this directory, and the directory itself is deleted afterwards
806 too.
807
808 * A new kernel command line option systemd.set_credential_binary= has
809 been added, that is similar to the pre-existing
810 systemd.set_credential= but accepts arbitrary binary credential data,
811 encoded in Base64. Note that the kernel command line is not a
812 recommend way to transfer credentials into a system, since it is
813 world-readable from userspace.
814
815 * The default machine ID to use may now be configured via the
816 system.machine_id system credential. It will only be used if no
817 machine ID was set yet on the host.
818
819 * On Linux kernel 6.4 and newer system and service credentials will now
820 be placed in a tmpfs instance that has the "noswap" mount option
821 set. Previously, a "ramfs" instance was used. By switching to tmpfs
822 ACL support and overall size limits can now be enforced, without
823 compromising on security, as the memory is never paged out either
824 way.
825
826 * The service manager now can detect when it is running in a
827 'Confidential Virtual Machine', and a corresponding 'cvm' value is now
828 accepted by ConditionSecurity= for units that want to conditionalize
829 themselves on this. systemd-detect-virt gained new 'cvm' and
830 '--list-cvm' switches to respectively perform the detection or list
831 all known flavours of confidential VM, depending on the vendor. The
832 manager will publish a 'ConfidentialVirtualization' D-Bus property,
833 and will also set a SYSTEMD_CONFIDENTIAL_VIRTUALIZATION= environment
834 variable for unit generators. Finally, udev rules can match on a new
835 'cvm' key that will be set when in a confidential VM.
836 Additionally, when running in a 'Confidential Virtual Machine', SMBIOS
837 strings and QEMU's fw_cfg protocol will not be used to import
838 credentials and kernel command line parameters by the system manager,
839 systemd-boot and systemd-stub, because the hypervisor is considered
840 untrusted in this particular setting.
841
842 Journal:
843
844 * The sd-journal API gained a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() to
845 retrieve the current log record's sequence number and sequence number
846 ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
847 journal does internally. The sequence number is now also exported in
848 the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
849
850 * journalctl gained a new switch --truncate-newline. If specified
851 multi-line log records will be truncated at the first newline,
852 i.e. only the first line of each log message will be shown.
853
854 * systemd-journal-upload gained support for --namespace=, similar to
855 the switch of the same name of journalctl.
856
857 systemd-repart:
858
859 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
860 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=.
861
862 * systemd-repart's Verity support now implements the Minimize= setting
863 to minimize the size of the resulting partition.
864
865 * systemd-repart gained a new --offline= switch, which may be used to
866 control whether images shall be built "online" or "offline",
867 i.e. whether to make use of kernel facilities such as loopback block
868 devices and device mapper or not.
869
870 * If systemd-repart is told to populate a newly created ESP or XBOOTLDR
871 partition with some files, it will now default to VFAT rather than
872 ext4.
873
874 * systemd-repart gained a new --architecture= switch. If specified, the
875 per-architecture GPT partition types (i.e. the root and /usr/
876 partitions) configured in the partition drop-in files are
877 automatically adjusted to match the specified CPU architecture, in
878 order to simplify cross-architecture DDI building.
879
880 * systemd-repart will now default to a minimum size of 300MB for XFS
881 filesystems if no size parameter is specified. This matches what the
882 XFS tools (xfsprogs) can support.
883
884 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
885
886 * gnu-efi is no longer required to build systemd-boot and systemd-stub.
887 Instead, pyelftools is now needed, and it will be used to perform the
888 ELF -> PE relocations at build time.
889
890 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device/-R that prints the
891 block device the root file system is backed by. If specified twice,
892 it returns the whole disk block device (as opposed to partition block
893 device) the root file system is on. It's useful for invocations such
894 as "cfdisk $(bootctl -RR)" to quickly show the partition table of the
895 running OS.
896
897 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
898 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
899 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
900 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
901 booting via full UEFI. The contents of the field are measured into
902 TPM PCR 12.
903
904 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
905 value "auto". With this value, a kernel will be automatically
906 analyzed, and if it qualifies as UKI, it will be installed as if the
907 setting was to set to "uki", otherwise as "bls".
908
909 * systemd-stub can now optionally load UEFI PE "add-on" images that may
910 contain additional kernel command line information. These "add-ons"
911 superficially look like a regular UEFI executable, and are expected
912 to be signed via SecureBoot/shim. However, they do not actually
913 contain code, but instead a subset of the PE sections that UKIs
914 support. They are supposed to provide a way to extend UKIs with
915 additional resources in a secure and authenticated way. Currently,
916 only the .cmdline PE section may be used in add-ons, in which case
917 any specified string is appended to the command line embedded into
918 the UKI itself. A new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub' is now provided that
919 can be used to trivially create addons, via 'ukify' or 'objcopy'. In
920 the future we expect other sections to be made extensible like this as
921 well.
922
923 * ukify has been updated to allow building these UEFI PE "add-on"
924 images, using the new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub'.
925
926 * ukify now accepts SBAT information to place in the .sbat PE section
927 of UKIs and addons. If a UKI is built the SBAT information from the
928 inner kernel is merged with any SBAT information associated with
929 systemd-stub and the SBAT data specified on the ukify command line.
930
931 * The kernel-install script has been rewritten in C, and reuses much of
932 the infrastructure of existing tools such as bootctl. It also gained
933 --esp-path= and --boot-path= options to override the path to the ESP,
934 and the $BOOT partition. Options --make-entry-directory= and
935 --entry-token= have been added as well, similar to bootctl's options
936 of the same name.
937
938 * A new kernel-install plugin 60-ukify has been added which will
939 combine kernel/initrd locally into a UKI and optionally sign them
940 with a local key. This may be used to switch to UKI mode even on
941 systems where a local kernel or initrd is used. (Typically UKIs are
942 built and signed by the vendor.)
943
944 * The ukify tool now supports "pesign" in addition to the pre-existing
945 "sbsign" for signing UKIs.
946
947 * systemd-measure and systemd-stub now look for the .uname PE section
948 that should contain the kernel's "uname -r" string.
949
950 * systemd-measure and ukify now calculate expected PCR hashes for a UKI
951 "offline", i.e. without access to a TPM (physical or
952 software-emulated).
953
954 Memory Pressure & Control:
955
956 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
957 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
958 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() to create and configure
959 an event source that is called whenever the OS signals memory
960 pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
961 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
962 malloc() memory back to the kernel. Services can also provide their
963 own custom callback to do memory trimming. This should improve system
964 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided
965 no mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the
966 kernel was under memory pressure. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
967 interface. Most long-running services in systemd have been hooked up
968 with this, and in particular systems with low memory should benefit
969 from this.
970
971 * Service units gained new settings MemoryPressureWatch= and
972 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= to configure the PSI memory pressure
973 logic individually. If these options are used, the
974 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
975 variables will be set for the invoked processes to inform them about
976 the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by the
977 aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
978
979 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
980 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
981 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly. This
982 call requires privileges.
983
984 User & Session Management:
985
986 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() to
987 return the user name of the owner of a login session. It also gained
988 a new call sd_session_get_start_time() to retrieve the time the login
989 session started. A new call sd_session_get_leader() has been added to
990 return the PID of the "leader" process of a session. A new call
991 sd_uid_get_login_time() returns the time since the specified user has
992 most recently been continuously logged in with at least one session.
993
994 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
995 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
996 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
997 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
998 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
999
1000 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
1001 default-capability-bounding-set= and default-capability-ambient-set=,
1002 which configure the default bounding sets for users as they are
1003 logging in, if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly
1004 (see above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains
1005 the CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in
1006 locally to resume from a system suspend via a timer.
1007
1008 * The Session D-Bus objects systemd-logind gained a new SetTTY() method
1009 call to update the TTY of a session after it has been allocated. This
1010 is useful for SSH sessions which are typically allocated first, and
1011 for which a TTY is added later.
1012
1013 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_pid_notifyf_with_fds() which
1014 combines the various other sd_pid_notify() flavours into one: takes a
1015 format string, an overriding PID, and a set of file descriptors to
1016 send. It also gained a new call sd_pid_notify_barrier() call which is
1017 equivalent to sd_notify_barrier() but allows the originating PID to
1018 be specified.
1019
1020 * "loginctl list-users" and "loginctl list-sessions" will now show the
1021 state of each logged in user/session in their tabular output. It will
1022 also show the current idle state of sessions.
1023
1024 DDIs:
1025
1026 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
1027 inspected DDI.
1028
1029 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
1030 pseudo-file system type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly
1031 via /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
1032 information and all other DDI features.
1033
1034 Example: mount -t ddi myimage.raw /some/where
1035
1036 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach to
1037 attach/detach a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it.
1038 It will automatically derive the right sector size from the image
1039 and set up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
1040
1041 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an
1042 ESP or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
1043 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted, this
1044 should make mounting them automatically have less of a security
1045 impact.
1046
1047 * All tools that parse DDIs (such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-dissect,
1048 systemd-tmpfiles, …) now understand a new switch --image-policy= which
1049 takes a string encoding image dissection policy. With this mechanism
1050 automatic discovery and use of specific partition types and the
1051 cryptographic requirements on the partitions (Verity, LUKS, …) can be
1052 restricted, permitting better control of the exposed attack surfaces
1053 when mounting disk images. systemd-gpt-auto-generator will honour such
1054 an image policy too, configurable via the systemd.image_policy= kernel
1055 command line option. Unit files gained the RootImagePolicy=,
1056 MountImagePolicy= and ExtensionImagePolicy= to configure the same for
1057 disk images a service runs off.
1058
1059 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "image-policy" to validate and
1060 parse image policy strings.
1061
1062 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --validate switch to
1063 superficially validate DDI structure, and check whether a specific
1064 image policy allows the DDI.
1065
1066 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --mtree-hash switch to
1067 optionally disable calculating mtree hashes, which can be slow on
1068 large images.
1069
1070 * systemd-dissect --copy-to, --copy-from, --list and --mtree switches
1071 are now able to operate on directories too, other than images.
1072
1073 Network Management:
1074
1075 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
1076 InheritInnerProtocol=.
1077
1078 * The [Tunnel] section in .netdev files has gained a new setting
1079 IgnoreDontFragment for controlling the IPv4 "DF" flag of datagrams.
1080
1081 * A new global IPv6PrivacyExtensions= setting has been added that
1082 selects the default value of the per-network setting of the same
1083 name.
1084
1085 * The predictable network interface naming logic was extended to
1086 include SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface
1087 names. Unfortunately, this feature was not enabled by default and can
1088 only be enabled at compilation time by setting
1089 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme=v254.
1090
1091 * The DHCPv4 + DHCPv6 + IPv6 RA logic in networkd gained support for
1092 the RFC8910 captive portal option.
1093
1094 Device Management:
1095
1096 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
1097 offline.
1098
1099 * udev gained a new tool "iocost" that can be used to configure QoS IO
1100 cost data based on hwdb information onto suitable block devices. Also
1101 see https://github.com/iocost-benchmark/iocost-benchmarks.
1102
1103 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
1104
1105 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup will now install a TPM2 SRK
1106 ("Storage Root Key") as first step in the TPM2, and then use that
1107 for binding FDE to, if TPM2 support is used. This matches
1108 recommendations of TCG (see
1109 https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TCG-TPM-v2.0-Provisioning-Guidance-Published-v1r1.pdf)
1110
1111 * systemd-cryptenroll and other tools that take TPM2 PCR parameters now
1112 understand textual identifiers for these PCRs.
1113
1114 * systemd-veritysetup + /etc/veritytab gained support for a series of
1115 new options: hash-offset=, superblock=, format=, data-block-size=,
1116 hash-block-size=, data-blocks=, salt=, uuid=, hash=, fec-device=,
1117 fec-offset=, fec-roots= to configure various aspects of a Verity
1118 volume.
1119
1120 * systemd-cryptsetup + /etc/crypttab gained support for a new
1121 veracrypt-pim= option for setting the Personal Iteration Multiplier
1122 of veracrypt volumes.
1123
1124 * systemd-integritysetup + /etc/integritytab gained support for a new
1125 mode= setting for controlling the dm-integrity mode (journal, bitmap,
1126 direct) for the volume.
1127
1128 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "pcrs" that shows the known TPM PCR
1129 registers, their symbolic names and current values.
1130
1131 systemd-tmpfiles:
1132
1133 * The ACL support in tmpfiles.d/ has been updated: if an uppercase "X"
1134 access right is specified this is equivalent to "x" but only if the
1135 inode in question already has the executable bit set for at least
1136 some user/group. Otherwise the "x" bit will be turned off.
1137
1138 * tmpfiles.d/'s C line type now understands a new modifier "+": a line
1139 with C+ will result in a "merge" copy, i.e. all files of the source
1140 tree are copied into the target tree, even if that tree already
1141 exists, resulting in a combined tree of files already present in the
1142 target tree and those copied in.
1143
1144 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --graceful switch. If specified lines
1145 with unknown users/groups will silently be skipped.
1146
1147 systemd-notify:
1148
1149 * systemd-notify gained two new options --fd= and --fdname= for sending
1150 arbitrary file descriptors to the service manager (while specifying an
1151 explicit name for it).
1152
1153 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
1154 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
1155 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
1156 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
1157 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=notify.
1158
1159 sd-event + sd-bus APIs:
1160
1161 * The sd-event API gained a new call sd_event_source_leave_ratelimit()
1162 which may be used to explicitly end a rate-limit state an event
1163 source might be in, resetting all rate limiting counters.
1164
1165 * When the sd-bus library is used to make connections to AF_UNIX D-Bus
1166 sockets, it will now encode the "description" set via
1167 sd_bus_set_description() into the source socket address. It will also
1168 look for this information when accepting a connection. This is useful
1169 to track individual D-Bus connections on a D-Bus broker for debug
1170 purposes.
1171
1172 systemd-resolved:
1173
1174 * systemd-resolved gained a new resolved.conf setting
1175 StateRetentionSec= which may be used to retain cached DNS records
1176 even after their nominal TTL, and use them in case upstream DNS
1177 servers cannot be reached. This can be used to make name resolution
1178 more resilient in case of network problems.
1179
1180 * resolvectl gained a new verb "show-cache" to show the current cache
1181 contents of systemd-resolved. This verb communicates with the
1182 systemd-resolved daemon and requires privileges.
1183
1184 Other:
1185
1186 * Meson >= 0.60.0 is now required to build systemd.
1187
1188 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
1189 new -Ddefault-keymap= meson option.
1190
1191 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
1192 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
1193 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
1194 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
1195 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
1196 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similarly to the
1197 automatic PSI-triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
1198 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
1199
1200 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
1201 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same name which edit unit
1202 files. Similarly, networkctl gained the same verbs for editing
1203 .network, .netdev, .link files.
1204
1205 * A new syscall filter group "@sandbox" has been added that contains
1206 syscalls for sandboxing system calls such as those for seccomp and
1207 Landlock.
1208
1209 * New documentation has been added:
1210
1211 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP
1212 https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE
1213 smbios-type-11(7)
1214
1215 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --reset option. If specified, the
1216 settings in /etc/ it knows how to initialize are reset.
1217
1218 * systemd-sysext is now a multi-call binary and is also installed under
1219 the systemd-confext alias name (via a symlink). When invoked that way
1220 it will operate on /etc/ instead of /usr/ + /opt/. It thus becomes a
1221 powerful, atomic, secure configuration management of sorts, that
1222 locally can merge configuration from multiple confext configuration
1223 images into a single immutable tree.
1224
1225 * The --network-macvlan=, --network-ipvlan=, --network-interface=
1226 switches of systemd-nspawn may now optionally take the intended
1227 network interface inside the container.
1228
1229 * All our programs will now send an sd_notify() message with their exit
1230 status in the EXIT_STATUS= field when exiting, using the usual
1231 protocol, including PID 1. This is useful for VMMs and container
1232 managers to collect an exit status from a system as it shuts down, as
1233 set via "systemctl exit …". This is particularly useful in test cases
1234 and similar, as invocations via a VM can now nicely propagate an exit
1235 status to the host, similar to local processes.
1236
1237 * systemd-run gained a new switch --expand-environment=no to disable
1238 server-side environment variable expansion in specified command
1239 lines. Expansion defaults to enabled for all execution types except
1240 --scope, where it defaults to off (and prints a warning) for backward
1241 compatibility reasons. --scope will be flipped to enabled by default
1242 too in a future release. If you are using --scope and passing a '$'
1243 character in the payload you should start explicitly using
1244 --expand-environment=yes/no according to the use case.
1245
1246 * The systemd-system-update-generator has been updated to also look for
1247 the special flag file /etc/system-update in addition to the existing
1248 support for /system-update to decide whether to enter system update
1249 mode.
1250
1251 * The /dev/hugepages/ file system is now mounted with nosuid + nodev
1252 mount options by default.
1253
1254 * systemd-fstab-generator now understands two new kernel command line
1255 options systemd.mount-extra= and systemd.swap-extra=, which configure
1256 additional mounts or swaps in a format similar to /etc/fstab. 'fsck'
1257 will be ran on these block devices, like it already happens for
1258 'root='. It also now supports the new fstab.extra and
1259 fstab.extra.initrd credentials that may contain additional /etc/fstab
1260 lines to apply at boot.
1261
1262 * systemd-getty-generator now understands two new credentials
1263 getty.ttys.container and getty.ttys.serial. These credentials may
1264 contain a list of TTY devices – one per line – to instantiate
1265 container-getty@.service and serial-getty@.service on.
1266
1267 * The getty/serial-getty/container-getty units now import the 'agetty.*'
1268 and 'login.*' credentials, which are consumed by the 'login' and
1269 'agetty' programs starting from util-linux v2.40.
1270
1271 * systemd-sysupdate's sysupdate.d/ drop-ins gained a new setting
1272 PathRelativeTo=, which can be set to "esp", "xbootldr", "boot", in
1273 which case the Path= setting is taken relative to the ESP or XBOOTLDR
1274 partitions, rather than the system's root directory /. The relevant
1275 directories are automatically discovered.
1276
1277 * The systemd-ac-power tool gained a new switch --low, which reports
1278 whether the battery charge is considered "low", similar to how the
1279 s2h suspend logic checks this state to decide whether to enter system
1280 suspend or hibernation.
1281
1282 * The /etc/os-release file can now have two new optional fields
1283 VENDOR_NAME= and VENDOR_URL= to carry information about the vendor of
1284 the OS.
1285
1286 * When the system hibernates, information about the device and offset
1287 used is now written to a non-volatile EFI variable. On next boot the
1288 system will attempt to resume from the location indicated in this EFI
1289 variable. This should make hibernation a lot more robust, while
1290 requiring no manual configuration of the resume location.
1291
1292 * The $XDG_STATE_HOME environment variable (added in more recent
1293 versions of the XDG basedir specification) is now honoured to
1294 implement the StateDirectory= setting in user services.
1295
1296 * A new component "systemd-battery-check" has been added. It may run
1297 during early boot (usually in the initrd), and checks the battery
1298 charge level of the system. In case the charge level is very low the
1299 user is notified (graphically via Plymouth – if available – as well
1300 as in text form on the console), and the system is turned off after a
1301 10s delay. The feature can be disabled by passing
1302 systemd.battery-check=0 through the kernel command line.
1303
1304 * The 'passwdqc' library is now supported as an alternative to the
1305 'pwquality' library and can be selected at build time.
1306
1307 Contributions from: 김인수, 07416, Addison Snelling, Adrian Vovk,
1308 Aidan Dang, Alexander Krabler, Alfred Klomp, Anatoli Babenia,
1309 Andrei Stepanov, Andrew Baxter, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1310 Arian van Putten, Arthur Shau, A S Alam,
1311 Asier Sarasua Garmendia, Balló György, Bastien Nocera,
1312 Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Benjamin Raison, Bill Peterson,
1313 Brad Fitzpatrick, Brett Holman, bri, Chen Qi, Chitoku,
1314 Christian Hesse, Christoph Anton Mitterer, Christopher Gurnee,
1315 Colin Walters, Cornelius Hoffmann, Cristian Rodríguez, cunshunxia,
1316 cvlc12, Cyril Roelandt, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri,
1317 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Edmundson,
1318 David Schroeder, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
1319 Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitrii Fomchenkov, Dmitry V. Levin, dmkUK,
1320 Dominique Martinet, don bright, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck,
1321 Egor Ignatov, EinBaum, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Curtin,
1322 Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
1323 François Rigault, Fran Diéguez, Franklin Yu, Frantisek Sumsal,
1324 Fuminobu TAKEYAMA, Gaël PORTAY, Gerd Hoffmann, Gertalitec,
1325 Gibeom Gwon, Gustavo Noronha Silva, Hannu Lounento,
1326 Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Henrik Holst,
1327 Hoe Hao Cheng, Igor Tsiglyar, Ivan Vecera, James Hilliard,
1328 Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku, Janne Sirén,
1329 jcg, Jeidnx, Joan Bruguera, Joerg Behrmann, jonathanmetzman,
1330 Jordan Rome, Josef Miegl, Joshua Goins, Joyce, Joyce Brum,
1331 Juno Computers, Kai Lueke, Kevin P. Fleming, Kiran Vemula, Klaus,
1332 Klaus Zipfel, Lawrence Thorpe, Lennart Poettering, licunlong,
1333 Lily Foster, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel, Luna Jernberg,
1334 maanyagoenka, Maanya Goenka, Maksim Kliazovich, Malte Poll,
1335 Marko Korhonen, Masatake YAMATO, Mateusz Poliwczak, Matt Johnston,
1336 Miao Wang, Micah Abbott, Michael A Cassaniti, Michal Koutný,
1337 Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan, mooo, Morten Linderud, msizanoen,
1338 Nick Rosbrook, nikstur, Olivier Gayot, Omojola Joshua,
1339 Paolo Velati, Paul Barker, Pavel Borecki, Petr Menšík,
1340 Philipp Kern, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Quintin Hill,
1341 Rene Hollander, Richard Phibel, Robert Meijers, Robert Scheck,
1342 Roger Gammans, Romain Geissler, Ronan Pigott, Russell Harmon,
1343 saikat0511, Samanta Navarro, Sam James, Sam Morris,
1344 Simon Braunschmidt, Sjoerd Simons, Sorah Fukumori,
1345 Stanislaw Gruszka, Stefan Roesch, Steven Luo, Steve Ramage,
1346 Susant Sahani, taniishkaaa, Tanishka, Temuri Doghonadze,
1347 Thierry Martin, Thomas Blume, Thomas Genty, Thomas Weißschuh,
1348 Thorsten Kukuk, Times-Z, Tobias Powalowski, tofylion,
1349 Topi Miettinen, Uwe Kleine-König, Velislav Ivanov,
1350 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vít Zikmund, Weblate, Will Fancher,
1351 William Roberts, Winterhuman, Wolfgang Müller, Xeonacid,
1352 Xiaotian Wu, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Yuxiang Zhu,
1353 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zhmylove, ZjYwMj,
1354 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1355
1356 — Edinburgh, 2023-07-28
1357
1358 CHANGES WITH 253:
1359
1360 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
1361
1362 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
1363 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
1364 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
1365 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
1366 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
1367 userspace has been ported over already.
1368
1369 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
1370 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
1371 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
1372 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
1373 For more details, see:
1374 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
1375
1376 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
1377 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
1378 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
1379 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
1380 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
1381 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
1382 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
1383 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
1384 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
1385 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
1386 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
1387 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
1388 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
1389 later this year. For more details, see:
1390 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
1391
1392 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
1393
1394 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
1395 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
1396 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
1397 environment is not fully supported.
1398
1399 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
1400 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
1401 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
1402
1403 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
1404 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
1405
1406 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
1407 of newline-separated JSON objects.
1408
1409 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
1410 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
1411 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
1412 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
1413 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
1414 no effect for most users.
1415
1416 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
1417 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
1418 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
1419 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
1420 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
1421 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
1422 manager is also enabled and used.
1423
1424 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
1425 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
1426 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
1427 option.
1428
1429 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
1430 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
1431 integer as parameter instead of a string.
1432
1433 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
1434 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
1435 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
1436 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
1437 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
1438 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
1439 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
1440 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
1441 support and fixes.
1442
1443 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
1444 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
1445 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
1446 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
1447 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
1448 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
1449
1450 New components:
1451
1452 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
1453 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
1454 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
1455 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
1456 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
1457 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
1458 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
1459 image.
1460
1461 Changes in systemd and units:
1462
1463 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
1464 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
1465 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
1466 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
1467 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
1468 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
1469 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
1470
1471 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
1472 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
1473
1474 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
1475 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
1476 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
1477 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
1478 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
1479
1480 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
1481 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
1482 used).
1483
1484 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
1485 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
1486 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
1487 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
1488 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
1489 from units.
1490
1491 * The manager has a new
1492 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
1493 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
1494 PID recycling issues.
1495
1496 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
1497 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
1498 terminating some processes in the scope.
1499
1500 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
1501 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
1502
1503 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
1504 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
1505 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
1506 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
1507 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
1508 request is received over D-Bus.
1509
1510 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
1511 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
1512 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
1513 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
1514 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
1515
1516 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
1517 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
1518 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
1519 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
1520 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
1521 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
1522 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
1523 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
1524
1525 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
1526 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
1527 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
1528 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
1529 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
1530 socket.
1531
1532 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
1533 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
1534 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
1535 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
1536
1537 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
1538 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
1539 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
1540 Defaults to 5.
1541
1542 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
1543 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
1544
1545 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
1546 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
1547 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
1548 user units respectively.
1549
1550 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
1551 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
1552 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
1553 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
1554 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
1555 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
1556 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
1557 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
1558 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
1559 are used.)
1560
1561 Changes in udev:
1562
1563 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
1564 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
1565 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
1566 in some embedded systems.
1567
1568 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
1569 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
1570
1571 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
1572 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
1573 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
1574 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
1575
1576 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
1577 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
1578
1579 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
1580 that are being renamed.
1581
1582 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
1583
1584 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
1585 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
1586 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
1587 started.
1588
1589 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
1590 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
1591 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
1592 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
1593
1594 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
1595 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
1596 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
1597 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
1598
1599 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
1600 field-separated hashing scheme.
1601
1602 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
1603 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
1604 used.
1605
1606 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
1607 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
1608 into the firmware.
1609
1610 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
1611 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
1612 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
1613 behaviour.
1614
1615 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
1616 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
1617 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
1618 a virtual machine.
1619
1620 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
1621 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
1622 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
1623 boot load at all.
1624
1625 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
1626 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
1627 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
1628
1629 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
1630 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
1631 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
1632 UKIs.
1633
1634 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
1635 as for kernel-install.
1636
1637 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
1638 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
1639 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
1640
1641 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
1642 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
1643
1644 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
1645 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
1646 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
1647 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
1648 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
1649 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
1650
1651 Changes in kernel-install:
1652
1653 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
1654 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
1655 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
1656 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
1657 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
1658 separately.
1659
1660 Changes in systemctl:
1661
1662 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
1663 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
1664 --reboot-argument= option instead.
1665
1666 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
1667 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
1668 silences this warning.
1669
1670 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
1671 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
1672 used.)
1673
1674 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
1675
1676 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
1677
1678 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
1679 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
1680 comments.
1681
1682 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
1683
1684 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
1685 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
1686 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
1687 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
1688 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
1689 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
1690 of the raw socket bypass.
1691
1692 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
1693 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
1694 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
1695 advertisements (RAs).
1696
1697 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
1698 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
1699 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
1700
1701 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
1702 interface names.
1703
1704 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
1705 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
1706 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
1707 It is enabled by default.
1708
1709 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
1710 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
1711 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
1712
1713 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
1714
1715 Changes in systemd-dissect:
1716
1717 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
1718 all files and directories in a DDI.
1719
1720 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
1721 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
1722
1723 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
1724 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
1725 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
1726 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
1727
1728 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
1729 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
1730 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
1731 disk images.
1732
1733 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
1734 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
1735
1736 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
1737 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
1738
1739 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
1740 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
1741 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
1742 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
1743 system busy.
1744
1745 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
1746 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
1747 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
1748 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
1749 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
1750 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
1751 size among the other DDI information in its output.
1752
1753 Changes in systemd-repart:
1754
1755 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
1756 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
1757 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
1758 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
1759 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
1760 hash of the root partition).
1761
1762 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
1763 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
1764 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
1765 populating it.
1766
1767 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
1768 sector size should be used when an image is created.
1769
1770 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
1771 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
1772
1773 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
1774 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
1775 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
1776
1777 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
1778 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
1779 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
1780 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
1781 available.)
1782
1783 Changes in journal tools:
1784
1785 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
1786 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
1787 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
1788 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
1789 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
1790 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
1791
1792 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
1793 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
1794 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
1795 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
1796 installation scripts.
1797
1798 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
1799 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
1800 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
1801
1802 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
1803 components:
1804
1805 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
1806 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
1807 password was strictly required to be specified.
1808
1809 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
1810 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
1811 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
1812 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
1813 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
1814
1815 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
1816 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
1817 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
1818 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
1819 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1820
1821 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
1822 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
1823
1824 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
1825 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
1826 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
1827 specified via root=.
1828
1829 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
1830 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15. New
1831 service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
1832 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
1833 these switches during early boot.
1834
1835 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
1836 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
1837
1838 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
1839 making it harder to brute-force.
1840
1841 Changes in other tools:
1842
1843 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
1844 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
1845
1846 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
1847 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
1848 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
1849 systemd-homed formats a file system.
1850
1851 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
1852 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
1853 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
1854 unprivileged code to access those values.
1855
1856 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
1857 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
1858 this to show the status of the installed system.
1859
1860 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
1861 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
1862 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
1863 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
1864
1865 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
1866 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
1867 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
1868 synchronization via NTP.
1869
1870 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
1871 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
1872 increases in subsequent boots.
1873
1874 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
1875 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
1876 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
1877 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
1878
1879 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
1880 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
1881 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
1882 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
1883 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
1884 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
1885 standard location.
1886
1887 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
1888 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
1889 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
1890
1891 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
1892 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
1893 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
1894 127.0.0.54 is returned.
1895
1896 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
1897 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
1898 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
1899 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
1900
1901 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
1902 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
1903 --no-legend options have been added.
1904
1905 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
1906 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
1907
1908 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
1909 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
1910
1911 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
1912
1913 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
1914 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
1915 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
1916 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
1917 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
1918 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
1919
1920 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
1921 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
1922 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
1923 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
1924
1925 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
1926
1927 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
1928 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
1929
1930 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
1931 128-bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
1932 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
1933 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
1934 does not need the output value.
1935
1936 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
1937 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
1938 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
1939 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
1940 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
1941 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
1942
1943 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
1944 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1945 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1946 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
1947 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1948
1949 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
1950 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
1951 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
1952
1953 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
1954 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
1955 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
1956 environment.
1957
1958 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
1959 virtualization is now detected.
1960
1961 Changes in the build system:
1962
1963 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
1964 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
1965
1966 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
1967 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
1968 supply.
1969
1970 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
1971
1972 Changes in the documentation:
1973
1974 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
1975 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
1976 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
1977
1978 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
1979 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
1980 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
1981 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
1982 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
1983 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
1984 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
1985 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
1986 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
1987 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
1988 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
1989 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
1990 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
1991 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
1992 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
1993 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
1994 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
1995 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
1996 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
1997 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
1998 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
1999 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
2000 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
2001 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
2002 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
2003 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
2004 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
2005 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
2006 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
2007 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
2008 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
2009 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
2010 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
2011 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
2012 наб
2013
2014 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
2015
2016 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
2017
2018 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
2019
2020 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
2021 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
2022 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
2023 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
2024 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
2025 userspace has been ported over already.
2026
2027 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
2028 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
2029 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
2030 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
2031 For more details, see:
2032 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
2033
2034 Compatibility Breaks:
2035
2036 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
2037 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
2038 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
2039 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
2040 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
2041 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
2042 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
2043 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
2044 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
2045 change.
2046
2047 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
2048 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
2049 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
2050 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
2051 already have been updated or removed.
2052
2053 New Features:
2054
2055 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
2056 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
2057 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
2058 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
2059 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
2060 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
2061 kernel.
2062
2063 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
2064 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
2065 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
2066 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
2067 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
2068 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
2069 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
2070 the booted UKI to gain access.
2071
2072 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
2073 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
2074 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
2075 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
2076 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
2077 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
2078
2079 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
2080 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
2081 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
2082 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
2083 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
2084 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
2085 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
2086 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
2087
2088 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
2089 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
2090 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
2091 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
2092 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
2093 initrd, but not later.)
2094
2095 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
2096
2097 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
2098 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
2099 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
2100 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
2101 the CPU.
2102
2103 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
2104 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
2105 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
2106 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
2107 release.
2108
2109 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
2110
2111 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
2112 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
2113 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
2114
2115 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
2116 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
2117 provided.
2118
2119 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
2120
2121 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
2122 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
2123 file.
2124
2125 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
2126 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
2127 activate.
2128
2129 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
2130 configured.
2131
2132 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
2133 SMBIOS fields. For example
2134
2135 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
2136
2137 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
2138 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
2139 quotes).
2140
2141 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
2142 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
2143 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
2144
2145 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
2146 associated service unit, if any.
2147
2148 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
2149 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
2150 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
2151 unsealed only in the initrd.
2152
2153 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
2154 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
2155
2156 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
2157 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
2158 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
2159 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
2160 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
2161 the host system as expected.
2162
2163 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
2164 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
2165 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
2166 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
2167
2168 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
2169 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
2170 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
2171
2172 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
2173 unmounted lazily.
2174
2175 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
2176 of file systems.
2177
2178 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
2179 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
2180 in the future.
2181
2182 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
2183 activating.
2184
2185 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
2186 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
2187 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
2188 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
2189
2190 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
2191 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
2192
2193 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
2194 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
2195 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
2196 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
2197 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
2198 than for behaviour decisions.
2199
2200 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
2201 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
2202
2203 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
2204 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
2205 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
2206
2207 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
2208
2209 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
2210 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
2211 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
2212 the main specification.
2213
2214 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
2215 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
2216 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
2217 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
2218
2219 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
2220 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
2221 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
2222
2223 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
2224 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
2225
2226 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
2227 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
2228 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
2229 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
2230 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
2231 the stub was executed.
2232
2233 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
2234 is now supported by sd-boot.
2235
2236 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
2237 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
2238 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
2239 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
2240 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
2241
2242 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
2243 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
2244
2245 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
2246 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
2247 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
2248 to detect and warn about this.
2249
2250 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
2251 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
2252 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
2253
2254 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
2255 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
2256 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
2257 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
2258
2259 Changes in the hardware database:
2260
2261 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
2262
2263 Changes in systemctl:
2264
2265 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
2266 and 'status' verbs.
2267
2268 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
2269 points.
2270
2271 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
2272 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
2273 which operates relative to some directory).
2274
2275 Changes in systemd-networkd:
2276
2277 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
2278 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
2279
2280 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
2281 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
2282
2283 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
2284 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
2285
2286 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
2287 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
2288 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
2289 interface is being serviced.
2290
2291 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
2292
2293 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
2294
2295 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
2296
2297 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
2298 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
2299 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
2300
2301 Changes in systemd-resolved:
2302
2303 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
2304 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
2305 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
2306 restarted at any point.
2307
2308 * systemd-resolved now exposes a Varlink socket at
2309 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
2310 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
2311 any clients connected to this socket.
2312
2313 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
2314
2315 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
2316 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
2317 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
2318
2319 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
2320 is still supported.)
2321
2322 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
2323
2324 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
2325 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
2326 function for 128-bit ID string comparisons), and
2327 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
2328 string arrays).
2329
2330 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
2331 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
2332 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
2333 object.
2334
2335 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
2336 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
2337 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
2338
2339 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
2340 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
2341 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
2342
2343 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
2344 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
2345 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
2346
2347 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
2348 database given an explicit path to the file.
2349
2350 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
2351 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
2352 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
2353 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
2354 manually.
2355
2356 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
2357 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
2358 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
2359
2360 Changes in other components:
2361
2362 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
2363 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
2364
2365 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
2366 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
2367 'dpkg --compare-versions').
2368
2369 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
2370 names to limit the output to matching units.
2371
2372 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
2373 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
2374 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
2375 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
2376
2377 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
2378 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
2379 already exists.
2380
2381 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
2382 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
2383 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
2384
2385 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
2386 lines.
2387
2388 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
2389 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
2390
2391 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
2392 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
2393
2394 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
2395 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
2396
2397 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
2398 user when their system will become unsupported.
2399
2400 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
2401 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
2402 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
2403 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
2404
2405 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
2406 setting is unknown to the kernel.
2407
2408 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
2409 verbs.
2410
2411 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
2412 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
2413
2414 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
2415 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
2416 time delta between subsequent messages.
2417
2418 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
2419 of journal files.
2420
2421 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
2422 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
2423 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
2424
2425 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
2426 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
2427 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
2428 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
2429 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
2430 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
2431 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
2432
2433 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
2434 combination with --scope.
2435
2436 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
2437 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
2438 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
2439 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
2440 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
2441 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
2442 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
2443 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
2444 appropriate.
2445
2446 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
2447 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
2448 symlink.
2449
2450 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
2451 too.
2452
2453 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
2454 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
2455 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
2456 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
2457 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
2458
2459 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
2460 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
2461
2462 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
2463 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
2464 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
2465 split dm-verity artifacts.
2466
2467 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
2468 signatures.
2469
2470 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
2471 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
2472
2473 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
2474
2475 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
2476 now more compact.
2477
2478 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
2479
2480 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
2481
2482 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
2483 killed.
2484
2485 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
2486
2487 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
2488 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
2489
2490 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
2491 session after a preconfigure timeout.
2492
2493 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
2494 rather than indefinitely.
2495
2496 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
2497 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
2498 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
2499
2500 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
2501 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
2502 build can be reproducible.
2503
2504 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
2505 --initialized=no.
2506
2507 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
2508 "alias" fields for the device.
2509
2510 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
2511 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
2512
2513 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
2514
2515 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
2516 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
2517
2518 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
2519 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
2520 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
2521 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
2522 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
2523 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
2524 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
2525 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
2526 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
2527 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
2528
2529 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
2530
2531 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
2532 graphic cards.
2533
2534 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
2535 device is used as a keyfile.
2536
2537 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
2538 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
2539 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
2540 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
2541
2542 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
2543 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
2544 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
2545
2546 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
2547 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
2548
2549 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
2550 to MIT-0.
2551
2552 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
2553 /etc/machine-id.
2554
2555 Experimental features:
2556
2557 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
2558 and bpftool >= 7.0).
2559
2560 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
2561 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
2562 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
2563 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
2564 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
2565
2566 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
2567 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
2568 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
2569 tandem with the kernel.
2570
2571 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
2572 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
2573 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
2574 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
2575 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
2576 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
2577 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
2578 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
2579 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
2580 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
2581 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
2582 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
2583 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
2584 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
2585 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
2586 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
2587 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
2588 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
2589 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
2590 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
2591 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
2592 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
2593 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
2594 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
2595 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
2596 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
2597 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
2598 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
2599 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
2600 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
2601 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
2602 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
2603 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2604 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
2605 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
2606 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
2607 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
2608 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
2609 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
2610 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
2611 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
2612 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
2613 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
2614 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
2615 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
2616 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
2617 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
2618 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
2619
2620 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
2621
2622 CHANGES WITH 251:
2623
2624 Backwards-incompatible changes:
2625
2626 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
2627 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
2628
2629 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
2630 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
2631
2632 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
2633 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
2634 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
2635 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
2636 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
2637 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
2638
2639 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
2640 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
2641 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
2642
2643 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
2644 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
2645 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
2646 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
2647 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
2648 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
2649 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
2650
2651 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
2652 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
2653 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
2654 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
2655 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
2656 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
2657 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
2658 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
2659 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
2660 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
2661 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
2662 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
2663 systems, there should be no visible changes.
2664
2665 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
2666 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
2667 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
2668 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
2669 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
2670 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
2671 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
2672 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
2673 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
2674 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
2675 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
2676 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
2677
2678 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
2679 of pcap.
2680
2681 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
2682 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
2683 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
2684 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
2685
2686 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
2687
2688 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
2689 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
2690 It is apparently used by the linker now.
2691
2692 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
2693 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
2694 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
2695
2696 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
2697 to account for this change.
2698
2699 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
2700 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
2701 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
2702
2703 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
2704
2705 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2706 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
2707 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
2708 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
2709 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
2710 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
2711 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
2712 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
2713 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
2714 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
2715 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
2716 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
2717 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
2718 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
2719 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
2720 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
2721
2722 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
2723 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
2724 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
2725 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
2726 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
2727
2728 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
2729 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
2730 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
2731 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
2732 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
2733 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
2734
2735 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
2736 systemd-boot boot loader.
2737
2738 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
2739 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
2740 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
2741 allows choosing different initrd generators.
2742
2743 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
2744 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2745 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
2746 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
2747 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
2748 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
2749 prepared successfully.
2750
2751 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
2752 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
2753 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
2754 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
2755 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
2756 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
2757
2758 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
2759 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
2760 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
2761 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
2762
2763 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
2764 paths and other settings used.
2765
2766 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
2767 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
2768 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
2769
2770 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
2771 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
2772 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
2773 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
2774 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
2775
2776 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
2777 menu entries in JSON format.
2778
2779 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
2780 omit output with the new option --quiet.
2781
2782 Changes in systemd-homed:
2783
2784 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
2785 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
2786 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
2787 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
2788 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16-bit UID range
2789 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
2790 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
2791 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
2792 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
2793 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
2794 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
2795 uses, see:
2796
2797 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
2798
2799 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
2800 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
2801 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
2802 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
2803 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
2804 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
2805 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
2806 context of the local system.
2807
2808 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
2809 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
2810 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
2811 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
2812 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
2813 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
2814 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
2815 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
2816 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
2817
2818 Changes in shared libraries:
2819
2820 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
2821 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
2822 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
2823 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
2824
2825 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
2826 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
2827 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
2828 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
2829 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
2830 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
2831 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
2832 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
2833 the library.
2834
2835 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
2836 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
2837 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
2838
2839 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
2840 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
2841 object from a device node name or file system path.
2842
2843 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
2844 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
2845 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
2846 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
2847 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
2848 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
2849 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
2850 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
2851
2852 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
2853
2854 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
2855 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
2856 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
2857 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
2858 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
2859 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
2860
2861 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
2862 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
2863 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
2864 disk image files.)
2865
2866 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
2867
2868 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
2869 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
2870 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
2871 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
2872 manager.
2873
2874 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
2875
2876 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
2877 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
2878 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
2879
2880 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
2881 systemd-oomd.
2882
2883 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
2884 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
2885 unit files.
2886
2887 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
2888 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
2889
2890 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
2891 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
2892
2893 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
2894 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
2895 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
2896 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
2897 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
2898 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
2899 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
2900 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
2901
2902 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
2903 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
2904 Condition*= settings.
2905
2906 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
2907 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
2908
2909 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
2910 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
2911 assign to each cgroup.
2912
2913 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
2914 devices and the associated governor, via the new
2915 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
2916 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
2917
2918 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
2919 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
2920
2921 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
2922 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
2923 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
2924
2925 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
2926 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
2927 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
2928 range
2929
2930 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
2931 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
2932 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
2933 been completed.
2934
2935 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
2936 environment variables set describing the execution context a
2937 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
2938 system service manager, or from the per-user service
2939 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
2940 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
2941 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
2942 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
2943 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
2944 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
2945 kernel is built for.
2946
2947 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
2948 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
2949 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
2950 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
2951 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
2952 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
2953 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
2954 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
2955 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
2956 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
2957 this way can be turned off via the new
2958 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
2959
2960 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
2961 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
2962 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
2963 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
2964 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
2965 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
2966 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
2967 up automatically.
2968
2969 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
2970 document:
2971
2972 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
2973
2974 Changes in systemd-journald:
2975
2976 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
2977 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
2978
2979 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
2980
2981 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
2982 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
2983
2984 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
2985 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
2986
2987 Changes in udev:
2988
2989 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
2990 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
2991 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
2992 default.
2993
2994 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
2995 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
2996
2997 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
2998 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
2999
3000 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
3001 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
3002 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
3003 initialized yet, respectively.
3004
3005 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
3006 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
3007 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
3008 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
3009 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
3010
3011 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
3012 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
3013 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
3014 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
3015
3016 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
3017 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
3018
3019 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
3020 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
3021
3022 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
3023 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
3024 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
3025 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
3026 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
3027 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
3028 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
3029 the one in the symlink path.
3030
3031 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
3032
3033 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
3034 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
3035 only supported in .network files.
3036
3037 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
3038 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
3039
3040 Changes in systemd-networkd:
3041
3042 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
3043 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
3044 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
3045 still honored.
3046
3047 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
3048 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
3049 up.
3050
3051 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
3052 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
3053
3054 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
3055 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
3056
3057 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
3058 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
3059
3060 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
3061
3062 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
3063 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
3064 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
3065 address.
3066
3067 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
3068 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
3069 mode).
3070
3071 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
3072 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
3073
3074 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
3075 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
3076 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
3077 PXE boot).
3078
3079 Changes in systemd-resolved:
3080
3081 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
3082 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
3083 there.
3084
3085 Changes in disk encryption:
3086
3087 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
3088 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
3089 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
3090
3091 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
3092
3093 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
3094 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
3095 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
3096
3097 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
3098 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
3099 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
3100
3101 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
3102
3103 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
3104 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
3105
3106 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
3107 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
3108 hostnamed.
3109
3110 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
3111 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
3112 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
3113 firmware version of the system.
3114
3115 Changes in other components:
3116
3117 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
3118 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
3119 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
3120 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
3121 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
3122
3123 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
3124 list of known users.
3125
3126 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
3127 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
3128 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
3129
3130 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
3131 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
3132
3133 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
3134 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
3135 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
3136 a device found.
3137
3138 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
3139 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
3140 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
3141 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
3142 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
3143 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
3144 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
3145
3146 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
3147 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
3148 $TERM).
3149
3150 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
3151 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
3152 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
3153 $ meson build systemd-boot
3154 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
3155 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
3156
3157 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
3158 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
3159 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
3160 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
3161 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
3162
3163 Experimental features:
3164
3165 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
3166 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
3167 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
3168 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
3169 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
3170 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
3171 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
3172 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
3173 compatibility with the current implementation.
3174
3175 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
3176 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
3177 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
3178 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
3179
3180 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
3181 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
3182 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
3183 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
3184 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
3185 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
3186 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
3187 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
3188 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
3189 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
3190 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3191 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
3192 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
3193 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
3194 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3195 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
3196 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
3197 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
3198 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
3199 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
3200 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
3201 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
3202 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
3203 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
3204 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
3205 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
3206 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
3207 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
3208 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
3209 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
3210 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
3211 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
3212 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
3213 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
3214 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
3215 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
3216 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
3217
3218 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
3219
3220 CHANGES WITH 250:
3221
3222 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
3223 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
3224 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
3225 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
3226 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
3227 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
3228 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
3229 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
3230 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
3231 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
3232 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
3233
3234 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
3235 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
3236 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
3237 installation or hardware.
3238
3239 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
3240 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
3241
3242 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
3243 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
3244 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
3245 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
3246 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
3247 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
3248 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
3249
3250 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
3251 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
3252 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
3253 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
3254 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
3255 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
3256 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
3257 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
3258 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
3259 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
3260 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
3261 drop-in file mechanism).
3262
3263 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
3264 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
3265 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
3266 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
3267 service, or attached as system extension.
3268
3269 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
3270 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
3271 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
3272 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
3273 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
3274
3275 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
3276 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
3277 are supported.
3278
3279 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
3280 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
3281 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
3282 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
3283 systemd-binfmtd is running.
3284
3285 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
3286 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
3287 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
3288 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
3289 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
3290 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
3291 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
3292 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
3293 does not trigger any operation by default.
3294
3295 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
3296 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
3297 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
3298 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
3299 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
3300 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
3301 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
3302 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
3303
3304 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
3305 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
3306 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
3307 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
3308 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
3309
3310 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
3311 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
3312 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
3313 request this behavior.
3314
3315 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
3316 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
3317 time-out for the boot.
3318
3319 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
3320 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
3321 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
3322 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
3323 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
3324 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
3325 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
3326 system services or the managers themselves.
3327
3328 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
3329 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
3330 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
3331 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
3332 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
3333 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
3334 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
3335 group handles).
3336
3337 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
3338 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
3339
3340 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
3341 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
3342 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
3343 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
3344 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
3345 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
3346 vs. CPUWeight.
3347
3348 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
3349 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
3350 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
3351 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
3352 during boot and shutdown.
3353
3354 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
3355 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
3356 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
3357 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
3358 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
3359 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
3360
3361 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
3362 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
3363
3364 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
3365 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
3366
3367 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
3368 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
3369
3370 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
3371 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
3372 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
3373 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
3374 variable passed to invoked processes.
3375
3376 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
3377 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
3378 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
3379
3380 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
3381 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
3382 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
3383 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
3384 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
3385 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
3386 names.
3387
3388 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
3389 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
3390 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
3391 dimensions to a virtual machine.
3392
3393 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
3394 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
3395 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
3396 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
3397 cgroup instead.
3398
3399 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
3400 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
3401 mounting the autofs instance.
3402
3403 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
3404 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
3405 during build-time.
3406
3407 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
3408 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
3409 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
3410 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
3411 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
3412 socket units.
3413
3414 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
3415 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
3416 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
3417
3418 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
3419 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
3420 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
3421 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
3422 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
3423 trust as SHA256 banks.
3424
3425 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
3426 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
3427 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
3428 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
3429
3430 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
3431 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
3432 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
3433 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
3434 instead.
3435
3436 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
3437 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
3438 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
3439 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
3440
3441 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
3442 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
3443 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
3444 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
3445 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
3446 root partition.
3447
3448 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
3449 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
3450 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
3451 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
3452 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
3453 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
3454
3455 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
3456 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
3457 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
3458 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
3459 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
3460
3461 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
3462 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
3463
3464 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
3465 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
3466
3467 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
3468 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
3469 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
3470 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
3471 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
3472 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
3473 and how to trigger it.
3474
3475 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
3476 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
3477 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
3478 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
3479 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
3480 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
3481 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
3482 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
3483 batteries.
3484
3485 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
3486 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
3487 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
3488 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
3489 against abnormal system shutdown.
3490
3491 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
3492 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
3493 directory/image instead of on the host.
3494
3495 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
3496 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
3497 actually is.
3498
3499 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
3500 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
3501 or recursively any dependent units.
3502
3503 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
3504 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
3505 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
3506 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
3507 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
3508 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
3509 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
3510 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
3511 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
3512 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
3513 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
3514
3515 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
3516
3517 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
3518 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
3519 "filesystems" commands.
3520
3521 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
3522 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
3523 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
3524 through them.
3525
3526 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
3527 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
3528 including the build-id and other info described on:
3529 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
3530
3531 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
3532 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
3533 interfaces.
3534
3535 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
3536 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
3537
3538 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
3539 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
3540 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
3541 CAN timing quanta.
3542
3543 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
3544 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
3545 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
3546 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
3547 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
3548 CAN interface.
3549
3550 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
3551 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
3552 addresses.
3553
3554 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
3555 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
3556 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
3557
3558 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
3559 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
3560 DHCP 6RD option.
3561
3562 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
3563 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
3564 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
3565
3566 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
3567 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
3568
3569 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
3570 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
3571 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
3572
3573 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
3574 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
3575 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
3576 records.
3577
3578 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
3579 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
3580 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
3581 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
3582 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
3583
3584 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
3585 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
3586 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
3587 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
3588 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
3589 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
3590 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
3591 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
3592
3593 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
3594 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
3595
3596 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
3597 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
3598 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
3599
3600 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
3601 setting to specify the router address.
3602
3603 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
3604 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
3605 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
3606 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
3607
3608 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
3609 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
3610 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
3611 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
3612 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
3613
3614 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
3615 interfaces has been improved.
3616
3617 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
3618 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
3619 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
3620 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
3621
3622 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
3623 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
3624 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
3625
3626 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
3627 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
3628 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
3629
3630 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
3631 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
3632 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
3633 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
3634
3635 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
3636 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
3637 hardware supports.
3638
3639 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
3640 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
3641
3642 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
3643 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
3644 that supports this.
3645
3646 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
3647 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
3648 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
3649 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
3650 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
3651 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
3652 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
3653
3654 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
3655 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
3656 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
3657 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
3658 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
3659 the performance win is beneficial.
3660
3661 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
3662 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
3663
3664 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
3665 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
3666 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
3667 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
3668 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
3669 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
3670 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
3671 taken to shift them manually.
3672
3673 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
3674 show the Windows version.
3675
3676 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
3677 build-time.
3678
3679 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
3680 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
3681 resolutions and save the last selection.
3682
3683 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
3684 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
3685 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
3686 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
3687
3688 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
3689 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
3690 items).
3691
3692 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
3693 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
3694 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
3695 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
3696 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
3697
3698 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
3699 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
3700 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
3701
3702 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
3703 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
3704 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
3705 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
3706 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
3707
3708 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
3709 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
3710 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
3711 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
3712 kernel image.
3713
3714 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
3715 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
3716
3717 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
3718 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
3719 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
3720 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
3721 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
3722 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
3723 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
3724 credentials, see above).
3725
3726 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
3727 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
3728 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
3729
3730 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
3731 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
3732 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
3733 Specification Type #2.
3734
3735 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
3736 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
3737 non-x86 architectures.
3738
3739 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
3740 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
3741 or just the subsequent boot).
3742
3743 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
3744 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
3745 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
3746 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
3747 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
3748 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
3749 layout specified in
3750 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
3751 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
3752 values for this variable.
3753
3754 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
3755 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
3756 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
3757 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
3758 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
3759 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
3760 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
3761 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
3762 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
3763 machine-id.
3764
3765 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
3766 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
3767 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
3768 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
3769 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
3770 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
3771 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
3772 without conflict.
3773
3774 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
3775 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
3776 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
3777 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
3778 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
3779 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
3780 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
3781 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
3782 installations that use the bls layout.
3783
3784 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
3785
3786 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
3787 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
3788 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
3789 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
3790 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
3791 attached under a wrong name this way.
3792
3793 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
3794 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
3795 default 'add').
3796
3797 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
3798 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
3799
3800 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
3801 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
3802 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
3803 be accessible to regular users.
3804
3805 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
3806 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
3807 they point (front or back).
3808
3809 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
3810 added to hwdb.
3811
3812 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
3813 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
3814
3815 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
3816 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
3817 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
3818 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
3819 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
3820 sources to introduce new named schemes.
3821
3822 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
3823 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
3824
3825 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
3826 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
3827 support).
3828
3829 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
3830 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
3831 --cgroup-id= switches.)
3832
3833 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
3834 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
3835
3836 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
3837 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
3838 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
3839
3840 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
3841 forked, sandboxed process.
3842
3843 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
3844 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
3845 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
3846 reason it was not tried again.
3847
3848 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
3849 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
3850 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
3851 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
3852 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
3853 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
3854
3855 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
3856 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
3857 homectl switch.
3858
3859 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
3860 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
3861 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
3862 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
3863 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
3864 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
3865 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
3866 system trees is no longer necessary.
3867
3868 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
3869 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
3870 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
3871
3872 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
3873 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
3874 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
3875 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
3876 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
3877 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
3878
3879 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
3880 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
3881 by default.
3882
3883 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
3884 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
3885 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
3886 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
3887 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
3888 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
3889
3890 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
3891 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
3892 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
3893 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
3894 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
3895 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
3896 precisely.
3897
3898 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
3899 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
3900 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
3901 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
3902 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
3903 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
3904 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
3905 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
3906 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
3907
3908 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
3909 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
3910 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
3911 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
3912 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
3913 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
3914 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
3915 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
3916 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
3917 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
3918 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
3919 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
3920
3921 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
3922 to use when outputting user or group records.
3923
3924 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
3925 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
3926 record resolution logic.
3927
3928 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
3929 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
3930 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
3931 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
3932 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
3933 other also configured in the command line.
3934
3935 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
3936 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
3937 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
3938 watch.
3939
3940 * The sd-event API gained a new function
3941 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
3942 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
3943 leaves the rate limiting phase.
3944
3945 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
3946 to port systemd to a new architecture:
3947
3948 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
3949
3950 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
3951 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
3952
3953 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
3954 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
3955 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
3956 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
3957 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
3958 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
3959 shutdown.
3960
3961 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
3962 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
3963 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
3964 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
3965 environments.
3966
3967 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
3968 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
3969 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
3970 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
3971 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
3972 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
3973 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
3974 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
3975 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
3976 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
3977 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
3978
3979 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
3980 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
3981 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
3982 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
3983
3984 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
3985 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
3986
3987 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
3988
3989 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
3990 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
3991 appropriate primary group.
3992
3993 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
3994
3995 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
3996
3997 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
3998 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
3999 work.
4000
4001 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
4002 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
4003
4004 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
4005 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
4006
4007 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
4008 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
4009
4010 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
4011 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
4012 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
4013 that have compression enabled.
4014
4015 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
4016 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
4017 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
4018 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
4019
4020 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
4021 messages.
4022
4023 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
4024 corruption.
4025
4026 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
4027 scheduled shutdown.
4028
4029 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
4030 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
4031 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
4032 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
4033
4034 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
4035 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
4036 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
4037 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
4038 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
4039 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
4040 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
4041 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
4042 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
4043 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
4044 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
4045 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
4046 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
4047 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
4048 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
4049 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
4050 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
4051 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
4052 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
4053 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
4054 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
4055 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
4056 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
4057 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
4058 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
4059 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
4060 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
4061 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
4062 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
4063 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
4064 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
4065 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
4066 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
4067 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
4068 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
4069 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
4070 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
4071 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
4072 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
4073 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
4074 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
4075 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
4076 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
4077 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
4078 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4079 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
4080
4081 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
4082
4083 CHANGES WITH 249:
4084
4085 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
4086 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
4087 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
4088 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
4089 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
4090 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
4091 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
4092 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
4093 a matching version identifier.
4094
4095 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
4096 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
4097 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
4098 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
4099 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
4100 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
4101 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
4102 during first boot. Example:
4103
4104 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
4105
4106 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
4107 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
4108 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
4109 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
4110 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
4111
4112 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
4113 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
4114 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
4115 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
4116 /etc/).
4117
4118 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
4119 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
4120 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
4121 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
4122
4123 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
4124 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
4125 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
4126 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
4127 systemd-sysusers tools.
4128
4129 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
4130 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
4131 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
4132 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
4133 itself.
4134
4135 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
4136 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
4137 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
4138 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
4139 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
4140 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
4141 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
4142 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
4143 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
4144 immediately, even in read-only mode.
4145
4146 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
4147 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
4148 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
4149 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
4150 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
4151
4152 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
4153 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
4154 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
4155 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
4156 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
4157
4158 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
4159 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
4160 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
4161 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
4162 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
4163 specifiers.
4164
4165 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
4166 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
4167 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
4168 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
4169
4170 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
4171 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
4172 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
4173 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
4174 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
4175 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
4176 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
4177 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
4178 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
4179 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
4180 information, see:
4181
4182 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
4183
4184 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
4185 (IEEE 1394).
4186
4187 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
4188 backwards-incompatible changes:
4189
4190 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
4191 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
4192 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
4193 number.
4194
4195 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
4196 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
4197 where values up to 65535 are used.
4198
4199 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
4200
4201 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
4202 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
4203 command line parameter.
4204
4205 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
4206 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
4207 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
4208
4209 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
4210 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
4211 the udev device first appeared in the database.
4212
4213 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
4214 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
4215 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
4216 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
4217 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
4218 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
4219 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
4220 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
4221 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
4222 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
4223 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
4224 uevent.
4225
4226 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
4227 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
4228 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
4229 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
4230 index.
4231
4232 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
4233 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
4234 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
4235 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
4236 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
4237 for that official:
4238
4239 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
4240
4241 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
4242 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
4243 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
4244 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
4245 services into them.
4246
4247 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
4248 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
4249 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
4250 available on private domains.
4251
4252 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
4253
4254 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
4255 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
4256 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
4257
4258 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
4259 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
4260 connectivity.
4261
4262 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
4263 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
4264 consider an interface "online".
4265
4266 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
4267 information.
4268
4269 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
4270 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
4271
4272 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
4273 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
4274
4275 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
4276 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
4277 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
4278 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
4279
4280 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
4281 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
4282 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
4283 before.
4284
4285 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
4286 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
4287 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
4288 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
4289
4290 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
4291 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
4292 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
4293
4294 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
4295 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
4296 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
4297 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
4298 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
4299 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
4300 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
4301
4302 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
4303 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
4304 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
4305 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
4306 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
4307 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
4308 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
4309 compatibility.)
4310
4311 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
4312 files.
4313
4314 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
4315 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
4316 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
4317 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
4318
4319 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
4320 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
4321 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
4322 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
4323 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
4324 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
4325
4326 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
4327 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
4328 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
4329 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
4330 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
4331 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
4332 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
4333 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
4334 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
4335 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
4336 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
4337 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
4338 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
4339 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
4340 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
4341
4342 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4343
4344 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
4345 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
4346 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
4347 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
4348 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
4349 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
4350 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
4351
4352 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
4353 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
4354 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
4355 via BPF.
4356
4357 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
4358 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
4359 check whether running on a UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
4360 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
4361
4362 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
4363 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
4364 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
4365 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
4366 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
4367 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
4368
4369 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
4370 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
4371 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
4372 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
4373 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
4374 program code that can consume JSON.
4375
4376 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
4377 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
4378
4379 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
4380 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
4381 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
4382 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
4383 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
4384 continue to be supported for compatibility.
4385
4386 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
4387 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
4388
4389 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
4390 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
4391 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
4392 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
4393 level.
4394
4395 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
4396 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
4397 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
4398 Type 1 boot loader entries.
4399
4400 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
4401 may be specified now.
4402
4403 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
4404 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
4405 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
4406 an interactive user is generally not present.
4407
4408 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
4409 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
4410 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
4411 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
4412 asterisks.)
4413
4414 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
4415 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
4416 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
4417 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
4418 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
4419 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
4420 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
4421 used FIDO2 token.
4422
4423 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
4424 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
4425 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
4426 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
4427 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
4428 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
4429 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
4430
4431 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
4432 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
4433 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
4434 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
4435 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
4436 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
4437 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
4438 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
4439 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
4440 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
4441 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
4442 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
4443 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
4444 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
4445 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
4446 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
4447 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
4448 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
4449 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
4450 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
4451 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
4452 privileges on the host).
4453
4454 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
4455 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
4456 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
4457
4458 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
4459 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
4460 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
4461 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
4462 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
4463 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
4464 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
4465 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
4466 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
4467
4468 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
4469 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
4470 user database lookups.
4471
4472 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
4473 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
4474 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
4475 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
4476 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
4477 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
4478 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
4479 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
4480 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
4481 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
4482 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
4483 is trivially simple.
4484
4485 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
4486 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
4487 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
4488 Journal records.
4489
4490 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
4491 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
4492 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
4493 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
4494 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
4495 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
4496 units that are members of a slice.
4497
4498 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
4499 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
4500 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
4501 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
4502
4503 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
4504 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
4505 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
4506 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
4507 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
4508 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
4509
4510 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
4511 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
4512 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
4513 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
4514 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
4515 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
4516 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
4517 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
4518 another unit that intends to uphold it.
4519
4520 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
4521 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
4522
4523 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
4524 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
4525 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
4526
4527 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
4528 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
4529 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
4530 characters literally.
4531
4532 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
4533 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
4534 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
4535 switch.
4536
4537 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
4538 the systemd source code tree:
4539
4540 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
4541
4542 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
4543 the initrd.
4544
4545 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
4546 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
4547 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
4548
4549 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
4550 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
4551 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
4552 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
4553
4554 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
4555 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
4556 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
4557 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
4558 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
4559 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
4560 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
4561 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
4562
4563 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
4564 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
4565
4566 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
4567 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
4568 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
4569 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
4570
4571 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
4572 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
4573 generation.
4574
4575 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
4576 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
4577 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
4578
4579 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
4580 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
4581
4582 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
4583 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
4584 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
4585
4586 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
4587 setting a network timeout time.
4588
4589 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
4590 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
4591 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
4592
4593 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
4594 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
4595 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
4596 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
4597 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
4598 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
4599 that.
4600
4601 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
4602 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
4603 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
4604 events in a short time window.
4605
4606 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
4607 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
4608 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
4609 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
4610 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
4611 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
4612 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
4613 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
4614 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
4615 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
4616 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
4617 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
4618 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
4619 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
4620 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
4621 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
4622 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
4623 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
4624 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
4625 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
4626 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
4627 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
4628 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
4629 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
4630 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
4631 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
4632 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
4633 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
4634 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
4635 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
4636 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
4637
4638 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
4639
4640 CHANGES WITH 248:
4641
4642 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
4643 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
4644 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
4645 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
4646 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
4647 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
4648
4649 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
4650 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
4651 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
4652
4653 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
4654 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
4655 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
4656
4657 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
4658 supported system extension level.
4659
4660 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
4661 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
4662 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
4663 constraints.
4664
4665 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
4666 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
4667 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
4668
4669 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
4670 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
4671 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
4672 similar to /etc/crypttab.
4673
4674 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
4675 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
4676
4677 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
4678 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
4679 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
4680 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
4681 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
4682
4683 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
4684 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
4685 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
4686 user.
4687
4688 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
4689 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
4690 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
4691 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
4692 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
4693 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
4694 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
4695 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
4696
4697 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
4698 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
4699 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
4700 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
4701 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
4702
4703 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
4704 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
4705 D-Bus properties.
4706
4707 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
4708 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
4709 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
4710 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
4711 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
4712 shows this in the status output.
4713
4714 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
4715 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
4716 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
4717 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
4718 the need for configuration in an external file.
4719
4720 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
4721 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
4722 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
4723
4724 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
4725 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
4726 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
4727
4728 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
4729 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
4730 them. See:
4731
4732 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
4733
4734 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
4735
4736 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
4737 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
4738 dependency.
4739
4740 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
4741 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
4742 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
4743
4744 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
4745 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
4746 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
4747 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
4748 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
4749 output and such.
4750
4751 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
4752 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
4753
4754 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
4755 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
4756
4757 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
4758 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
4759 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
4760 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
4761
4762 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
4763 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
4764 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
4765 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
4766
4767 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
4768 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
4769 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
4770
4771 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
4772 IPC namespace.
4773
4774 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
4775 generated from kernel lists exported on
4776 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
4777
4778 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
4779 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
4780 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
4781
4782 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
4783 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
4784 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
4785 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
4786
4787 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
4788 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
4789 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
4790
4791 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
4792 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
4793 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
4794 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
4795
4796 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
4797 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
4798
4799 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
4800 noexec for parts of the file system.
4801
4802 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
4803 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
4804 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
4805 systemctl and similar tools:
4806
4807 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
4808
4809 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
4810 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
4811 the host itself is connected to
4812
4813 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
4814
4815 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
4816 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
4817 parameter: the message to send.
4818
4819 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
4820 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
4821 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
4822
4823 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
4824 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
4825
4826 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
4827 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
4828
4829 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
4830 queue to be configured.
4831
4832 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
4833 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
4834 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
4835
4836 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
4837 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
4838 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
4839 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
4840 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
4841 .network files.
4842
4843 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
4844 switch to select the routing policy table.
4845
4846 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
4847 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
4848
4849 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
4850 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
4851 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
4852 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
4853 added.
4854
4855 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
4856 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
4857
4858 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
4859 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
4860
4861 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
4862 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
4863 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
4864 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
4865
4866 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
4867 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
4868 devices.
4869
4870 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
4871 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
4872 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
4873
4874 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
4875 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
4876 even a single device.
4877
4878 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
4879 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
4880 systems.
4881
4882 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
4883 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
4884
4885 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
4886 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
4887 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
4888 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
4889 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
4890
4891 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
4892 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
4893
4894 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
4895 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
4896 libfprint.
4897
4898 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
4899 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
4900 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
4901 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
4902 the upstream server.
4903
4904 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
4905 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
4906 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
4907 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
4908 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
4909 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
4910 anyway.
4911
4912 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
4913 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
4914 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
4915
4916 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
4917 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
4918 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
4919 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
4920 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
4921 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
4922 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
4923 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
4924 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
4925 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
4926 lookup.
4927
4928 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
4929 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
4930 capabilities passed to the container payload.
4931
4932 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
4933 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
4934 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
4935 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
4936 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
4937 IPv4-only).
4938
4939 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
4940 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
4941 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
4942
4943 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
4944 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
4945
4946 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
4947 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
4948 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
4949 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
4950 units.
4951
4952 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
4953 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
4954 operation, but it is still recommended.
4955
4956 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
4957 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
4958
4959 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
4960 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
4961
4962 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
4963 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
4964 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
4965
4966 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
4967 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
4968 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
4969
4970 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
4971 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
4972 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
4973 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
4974 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
4975 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
4976 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
4977 imported into the manager environment block.
4978
4979 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
4980 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
4981 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
4982
4983 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
4984 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
4985 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
4986 reloaded "↻".
4987
4988 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
4989 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
4990 a simple JSON format.
4991
4992 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
4993 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
4994 process signals and their numbers.
4995
4996 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
4997
4998 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
4999 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
5000
5001 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
5002 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
5003 colors are used in output.
5004
5005 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
5006 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
5007 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
5008 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
5009 disable this output again.
5010
5011 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
5012 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
5013 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
5014 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
5015
5016 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
5017 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
5018 recommended.
5019
5020 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
5021 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
5022 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
5023 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
5024 the keymap file first.
5025
5026 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
5027
5028 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
5029 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
5030 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
5031
5032 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
5033 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
5034 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
5035 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
5036
5037 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
5038 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
5039 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
5040 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
5041 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
5042 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
5043
5044 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
5045 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
5046 headers/legends.
5047
5048 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
5049 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
5050 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
5051 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
5052 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
5053 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
5054 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
5055 operations at a later step at once.
5056
5057 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
5058 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
5059 to regular strings.
5060
5061 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
5062 and measured the boot process into it.
5063
5064 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
5065 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
5066 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
5067 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
5068
5069 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
5070 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
5071 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
5072 it assigns the container a cgroup.
5073
5074 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
5075 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
5076
5077 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
5078 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
5079
5080 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
5081 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
5082 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
5083 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
5084 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
5085 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
5086 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
5087 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
5088 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
5089 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
5090 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
5091 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
5092 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
5093 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
5094 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
5095 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
5096 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
5097 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
5098 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
5099 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
5100 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
5101 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
5102 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
5103 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
5104 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
5105 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
5106 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
5107 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
5108 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
5109 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
5110 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
5111 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
5112 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
5113 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
5114 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
5115 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5116 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
5117
5118 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
5119
5120 CHANGES WITH 247:
5121
5122 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
5123 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
5124 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
5125 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
5126 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
5127 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
5128 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
5129 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
5130 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
5131 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
5132 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
5133 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
5134 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
5135 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
5136 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
5137
5138 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
5139 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
5140 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
5141 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
5142 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
5143 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
5144 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
5145 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
5146 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
5147 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
5148 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
5149 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
5150 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
5151 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
5152 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
5153
5154 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
5155 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
5156 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
5157 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
5158 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
5159 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
5160 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
5161 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
5162 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
5163 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
5164
5165 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
5166 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
5167 handle the new events. Specifically:
5168
5169 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
5170 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
5171 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
5172 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
5173 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
5174 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
5175 generated, for all other device types this change is still
5176 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
5177 future kernel uevent type additions).
5178
5179 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
5180 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
5181 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
5182 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
5183 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
5184 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
5185 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
5186 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
5187 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
5188 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
5189 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
5190 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
5191
5192 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
5193 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
5194 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
5195 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
5196 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
5197 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
5198 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
5199 above).
5200
5201 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
5202 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
5203 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
5204 behaviour change.
5205
5206 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
5207 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
5208 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
5209 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
5210 "udevadm trigger -c change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
5211 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
5212 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
5213 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
5214 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
5215 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
5216 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
5217 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
5218 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
5219 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
5220 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
5221 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
5222 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
5223 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
5224 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
5225 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
5226 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
5227 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
5228 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
5229 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
5230 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
5231 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
5232
5233 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
5234 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
5235 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
5236 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
5237 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
5238
5239 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
5240 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
5241 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
5242 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
5243 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
5244 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
5245 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
5246 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
5247 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
5248 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
5249 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
5250 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
5251 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
5252
5253 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
5254 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
5255 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
5256 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
5257 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
5258 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
5259 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
5260 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
5261 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
5262 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
5263 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
5264 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
5265 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
5266 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
5267 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
5268 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
5269 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
5270 they now are optional during runtime.
5271
5272 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
5273 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
5274 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
5275 which installs absolute timers.
5276
5277 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
5278 mode, which may be controlled via the new
5279 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
5280 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
5281 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
5282 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
5283 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
5284 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
5285 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
5286 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
5287
5288 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
5289 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
5290 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
5291 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
5292 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
5293 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
5294 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
5295 dispatched).
5296
5297 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
5298 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
5299 the RootImage= setting.
5300
5301 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
5302 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
5303 to the service.
5304
5305 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
5306 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
5307 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
5308 different for different units).
5309
5310 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
5311 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
5312 options.
5313
5314 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
5315 --json= switch.
5316
5317 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
5318 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
5319 authentication request.
5320
5321 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
5322 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
5323 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
5324 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
5325 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
5326 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
5327 empty.
5328
5329 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
5330 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
5331 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
5332 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
5333 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
5334 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
5335 image to be applied onto the image.
5336
5337 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
5338 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
5339 in OS disk images.
5340
5341 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
5342 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
5343 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
5344 other output modes.
5345
5346 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
5347 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
5348 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
5349 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
5350
5351 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
5352 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
5353 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
5354 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
5355 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
5356 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
5357 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
5358 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
5359 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
5360 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
5361
5362 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
5363 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
5364 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
5365 recursively to whole subtrees.
5366
5367 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
5368 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
5369 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
5370 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
5371 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
5372 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
5373 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
5374 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
5375
5376 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
5377 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
5378 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
5379 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
5380 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
5381 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
5382 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
5383 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
5384 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
5385 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
5386 system asks for a password.
5387
5388 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
5389 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
5390 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
5391 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
5392 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
5393 up.
5394
5395 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
5396 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
5397 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
5398
5399 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
5400 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
5401 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
5402 virtualization.
5403
5404 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
5405 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
5406 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
5407 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
5408 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
5409 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
5410 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
5411 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
5412 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
5413 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
5414 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
5415 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
5416 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
5417 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
5418 directories:
5419
5420 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
5421
5422 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
5423 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
5424 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
5425
5426 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
5427 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
5428 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
5429 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
5430
5431 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
5432 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
5433
5434 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
5435 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
5436 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
5437 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
5438 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
5439 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
5440 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
5441 applications.
5442
5443 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
5444 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
5445 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
5446 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
5447 build time.
5448
5449 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
5450 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
5451 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
5452 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
5453 system call filter policy.
5454
5455 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
5456 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
5457 filtering is turned off.
5458
5459 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
5460 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
5461 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
5462 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
5463 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
5464 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
5465 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
5466 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
5467 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
5468
5469 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
5470 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
5471 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
5472 exited.
5473
5474 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
5475 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
5476
5477 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
5478 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
5479 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
5480 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
5481 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
5482 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
5483 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
5484 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
5485 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
5486 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
5487 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
5488 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
5489 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
5490 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
5491 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
5492 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
5493 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
5494 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
5495 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
5496 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
5497 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
5498 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
5499
5500 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
5501 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
5502 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
5503 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
5504 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
5505 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
5506 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
5507 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
5508 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
5509 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
5510 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
5511 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
5512 aforementioned service settings.
5513
5514 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
5515 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
5516 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
5517 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
5518 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
5519 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
5520 and populated — there is no time window where they are
5521 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
5522 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
5523 will start from the beginning.
5524
5525 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
5526 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
5527 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
5528 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
5529
5530 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
5531 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
5532 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
5533 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
5534 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
5535 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
5536 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
5537 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
5538 on, including in the initrd.
5539
5540 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
5541 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
5542 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
5543 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
5544
5545 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
5546 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
5547 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
5548 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
5549 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
5550
5551 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
5552 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
5553 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
5554 this property in its status output.
5555
5556 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
5557 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
5558 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
5559 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
5560 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
5561 more similarly to nss-resolve.
5562
5563 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
5564 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
5565 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
5566 ctime.
5567
5568 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
5569 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
5570
5571 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
5572 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
5573 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
5574 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
5575 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
5576 having to rebuild systemd.
5577
5578 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
5579 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
5580 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
5581 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
5582 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
5583 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
5584 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
5585 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
5586
5587 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
5588 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
5589 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
5590 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
5591 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
5592 hardlinks.
5593
5594 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
5595 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
5596 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
5597
5598 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
5599 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
5600 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
5601 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
5602
5603 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
5604 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
5605
5606 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
5607 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
5608 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
5609 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
5610 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
5611
5612 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
5613 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
5614 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
5615 compatibility).
5616
5617 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
5618 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
5619 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
5620 prefix will be assigned.
5621
5622 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
5623 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
5624 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
5625 The setting is enabled by default.
5626
5627 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
5628 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
5629
5630 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
5631 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
5632 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
5633 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
5634 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
5635 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
5636 debuggable.
5637
5638 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
5639 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
5640 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
5641 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
5642
5643 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
5644 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
5645
5646 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
5647 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
5648 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
5649 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
5650 environments where the root file system is
5651 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
5652 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
5653
5654 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
5655 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
5656 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
5657 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
5658 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
5659 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
5660 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
5661 later).
5662
5663 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
5664 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
5665 working with heavily threaded programs.
5666
5667 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
5668 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
5669 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
5670 desirable.
5671
5672 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
5673 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
5674 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
5675 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
5676 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
5677 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
5678
5679 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
5680 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
5681 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
5682 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
5683 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
5684
5685 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
5686 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
5687 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
5688 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
5689 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
5690 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
5691 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
5692 promises.
5693
5694 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
5695 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
5696 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
5697 promises.
5698
5699 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
5700 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
5701 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
5702 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
5703 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
5704 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
5705 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
5706 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
5707 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
5708
5709 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
5710 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
5711 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
5712 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
5713 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
5714 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
5715 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
5716 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
5717 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
5718
5719 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
5720 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
5721 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
5722 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
5723 like this.
5724
5725 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
5726 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
5727 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
5728 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
5729 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
5730 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
5731 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
5732 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
5733 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
5734
5735 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
5736 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
5737 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
5738 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
5739 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
5740 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
5741 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
5742 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
5743 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
5744 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
5745 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
5746 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
5747 appropriately.
5748
5749 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
5750 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
5751 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
5752 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
5753 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
5754 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
5755
5756 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
5757 contents in commented form in the text editor.
5758
5759 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
5760 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
5761 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
5762 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
5763 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
5764 protections for the different slices in the future.
5765
5766 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
5767 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
5768 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
5769 image dissection logic.
5770
5771 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
5772 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
5773 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
5774 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
5775 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
5776 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
5777 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5778 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
5779 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
5780 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
5781 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
5782 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
5783 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
5784 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
5785 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
5786 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
5787 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
5788 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
5789 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
5790 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
5791 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
5792 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
5793 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
5794 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
5795 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
5796 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
5797 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
5798 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
5799 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
5800 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
5801 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
5802 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5803 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
5804
5805 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
5806
5807 CHANGES WITH 246:
5808
5809 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
5810 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
5811 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
5812
5813 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
5814 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
5815
5816 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
5817 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
5818 based on the NUMA mask.
5819
5820 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
5821 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
5822 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
5823
5824 * Two new unit file settings
5825 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
5826 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
5827 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
5828 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
5829
5830 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
5831 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
5832 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
5833 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
5834 instance).
5835
5836 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
5837 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
5838 service's processes shall include.
5839
5840 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
5841 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
5842 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
5843 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
5844
5845 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
5846 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
5847 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
5848 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
5849 depending on socket type.
5850
5851 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
5852 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
5853 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
5854 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
5855 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
5856 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
5857 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
5858 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
5859 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
5860 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
5861
5862 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
5863 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
5864 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
5865 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
5866 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
5867 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
5868 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
5869 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
5870
5871 * .service unit files gained two new options
5872 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
5873 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
5874 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
5875
5876 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
5877 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
5878 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
5879 prefix is used.
5880
5881 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
5882 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
5883 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
5884 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
5885 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
5886 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
5887 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
5888 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
5889 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
5890 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
5891 key/certificate parameters support this now.
5892
5893 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
5894 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
5895 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
5896 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
5897 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
5898 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
5899
5900 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
5901 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
5902 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
5903 finally gone now.
5904
5905 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
5906 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
5907 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
5908 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
5909
5910 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
5911 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
5912 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
5913 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
5914 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
5915 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
5916 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
5917 which is quite likely a major security problem.
5918
5919 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
5920 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
5921 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
5922 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
5923 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
5924
5925 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
5926 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
5927 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
5928 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
5929 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
5930
5931 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
5932 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
5933 boot.
5934
5935 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
5936 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
5937 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
5938 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
5939 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
5940 device.
5941
5942 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
5943 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
5944 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
5945
5946 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
5947 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
5948 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
5949 conditions.
5950
5951 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
5952 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
5953 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
5954 in order to make test cases more reliable.
5955
5956 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
5957 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
5958 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
5959 the process that faulted.
5960
5961 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
5962 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
5963 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
5964
5965 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
5966 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
5967 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
5968 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
5969 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
5970
5971 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
5972 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
5973 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
5974 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
5975 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
5976
5977 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
5978 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
5979 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
5980 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
5981 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
5982
5983 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
5984 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
5985 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
5986 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
5987 frame ring buffer sizes.
5988
5989 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
5990 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
5991
5992 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
5993 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
5994
5995 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
5996 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
5997 automatically assigned to the interface.
5998
5999 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
6000 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
6001 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
6002 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
6003 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
6004 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
6005 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
6006 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
6007 mode for Assign=.
6008
6009 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
6010 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
6011 source addresses.
6012
6013 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
6014 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
6015 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
6016 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
6017 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
6018 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
6019 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
6020 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
6021 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
6022 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
6023
6024 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
6025 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
6026 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
6027 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
6028 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
6029 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
6030 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
6031
6032 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
6033 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
6034 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
6035 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
6036 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
6037 the RA packets suggest it.
6038
6039 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
6040 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
6041 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
6042 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
6043
6044 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
6045 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
6046 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
6047 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
6048 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
6049 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
6050 field.
6051
6052 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
6053 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
6054 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
6055 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
6056 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
6057 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
6058
6059 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
6060 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
6061
6062 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
6063 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
6064 the VLAN protocol to use.
6065
6066 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
6067 of the .network files, to control the link group.
6068
6069 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
6070 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
6071 link local address is generated.
6072
6073 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
6074 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
6075 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
6076 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
6077 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
6078 carefully picking an interface name to use.
6079
6080 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
6081 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
6082
6083 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
6084 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
6085
6086 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
6087 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
6088 are still understood to provide compatibility.
6089
6090 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
6091 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
6092 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
6093 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
6094 interfaces up or down.
6095
6096 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
6097 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
6098 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
6099 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
6100 interface may be specified (after "%").
6101
6102 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
6103 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
6104 public DNS servers are not used.
6105
6106 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
6107
6108 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
6109 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
6110 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
6111 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
6112 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
6113 defined by systemd-resolved).
6114
6115 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
6116 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
6117 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
6118
6119 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
6120 --property=…".
6121
6122 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
6123 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
6124 use --plain.
6125
6126 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
6127 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
6128 being deprecated in favor of this option.
6129
6130 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
6131 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
6132 process itself.
6133
6134 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
6135 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
6136 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
6137 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
6138 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
6139 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
6140 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
6141 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
6142 implementations.
6143
6144 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
6145 each log message for which a URL with further documentation is
6146 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
6147 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
6148 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
6149 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
6150 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
6151 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
6152 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
6153
6154 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
6155 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
6156 initialization.
6157
6158 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
6159 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
6160 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
6161
6162 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
6163 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
6164 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
6165 without any decoration.
6166
6167 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
6168 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
6169 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
6170 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
6171 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
6172 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
6173
6174 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
6175 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
6176 coredump data from.
6177
6178 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
6179 the zstd algorithm.
6180
6181 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
6182 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
6183 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
6184 not block clean file system unmounting.
6185
6186 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
6187 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
6188 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
6189
6190 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
6191 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
6192 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
6193 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
6194
6195 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
6196 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
6197
6198 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
6199 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
6200 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
6201 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
6202 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
6203 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
6204 instead of operating on actual block devices.
6205
6206 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
6207 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
6208
6209 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
6210 instead of 0.
6211
6212 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
6213 specifier expansion.
6214
6215 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
6216 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
6217 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
6218 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
6219 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
6220
6221 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
6222 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
6223 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
6224 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
6225 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
6226
6227 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
6228 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
6229 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
6230 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
6231 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
6232 --fido2-device= option.
6233
6234 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
6235 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
6236 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
6237 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
6238 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
6239 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
6240 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
6241
6242 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
6243 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
6244 changed from ext2 to ext4.
6245
6246 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
6247 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
6248 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
6249 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
6250 before the system continues to boot.
6251
6252 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
6253 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
6254 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
6255 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
6256 instead of at installation time.
6257
6258 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
6259 volumes with automatically from files in
6260 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
6261 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
6262
6263 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
6264 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
6265
6266 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
6267 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
6268 instance.
6269
6270 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
6271 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
6272 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
6273 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
6274
6275 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
6276 to query and change the firmware's 'Reboot Into Firmware Interface'
6277 setup flag.
6278
6279 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
6280 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
6281 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
6282 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
6283 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
6284 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
6285 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
6286 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
6287 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
6288 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
6289 incremental).
6290
6291 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
6292 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
6293 which it then operates.
6294
6295 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
6296 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
6297 directories for various resources.
6298
6299 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
6300 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
6301 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
6302 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
6303 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
6304 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
6305 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
6306 via the new --no-block switch.
6307
6308 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
6309 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
6310 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
6311 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
6312 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
6313 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
6314 case.
6315
6316 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
6317 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
6318 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
6319 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
6320
6321 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
6322 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
6323 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
6324 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
6325 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
6326
6327 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
6328 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
6329 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
6330 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
6331 vtable is associated with.
6332
6333 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
6334 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
6335 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
6336 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
6337
6338 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
6339 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
6340 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
6341
6342 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
6343
6344 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
6345 document the methods, signals and properties.
6346
6347 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
6348 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
6349 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
6350 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
6351 desktops has been added:
6352
6353 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
6354 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
6355 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
6356
6357 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
6358 and has now moved to:
6359
6360 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
6361
6362 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
6363 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
6364 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
6365 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
6366 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
6367 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
6368 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
6369
6370 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
6371 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
6372 target of the service during runtime.
6373
6374 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
6375 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
6376 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
6377
6378 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
6379 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
6380 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
6381 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
6382 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
6383 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
6384 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
6385 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
6386 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
6387 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
6388 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
6389 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6390 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
6391 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
6392 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
6393 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
6394 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
6395 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
6396 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
6397 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
6398 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
6399 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
6400 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
6401 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
6402 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
6403 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
6404 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
6405 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
6406 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
6407 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
6408 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
6409 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
6410 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
6411 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
6412 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
6413 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
6414 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6415 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
6416
6417 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
6418
6419 CHANGES WITH 245:
6420
6421 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
6422 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
6423 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
6424 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
6425 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
6426 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
6427 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
6428 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
6429 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
6430 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
6431 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
6432 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
6433 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
6434 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
6435 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
6436 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
6437 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
6438 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
6439 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
6440 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
6441 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
6442
6443 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
6444 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
6445 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
6446 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
6447 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
6448 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
6449 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
6450 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
6451 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
6452 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
6453 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
6454 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
6455 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
6456 that for the first time resource management and various other
6457 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
6458 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
6459 to apply on login. For further details see:
6460
6461 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
6462 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
6463 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
6464
6465 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
6466 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
6467 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
6468 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
6469 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
6470 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
6471 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
6472 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
6473 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
6474
6475 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
6476
6477 For further details about the format and expectations on home
6478 directories this new daemon makes, see:
6479
6480 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
6481
6482 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
6483 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
6484 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
6485 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
6486 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
6487 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
6488 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
6489 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
6490 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
6491 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
6492 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
6493 usage limitations and other settings.
6494
6495 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
6496 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
6497 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
6498 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
6499 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
6500 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
6501 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
6502 resource usage.
6503
6504 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
6505 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
6506
6507 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
6508 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
6509 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
6510 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
6511 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
6512
6513 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
6514 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
6515 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
6516 itself and the default for all other processes.
6517
6518 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
6519 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
6520 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
6521 database into account.
6522
6523 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
6524 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
6525 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
6526 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
6527
6528 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
6529 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
6530 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
6531 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
6532 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
6533 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
6534 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
6535 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
6536 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
6537 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
6538
6539 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
6540 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
6541 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
6542 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
6543 event source watching it is freed).
6544
6545 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
6546 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
6547 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
6548 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
6549
6550 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
6551 (IFB) network devices.
6552
6553 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
6554 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
6555
6556 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
6557 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
6558 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
6559 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
6560 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
6561 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
6562
6563 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
6564 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
6565 with its sense inverted.
6566
6567 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
6568 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
6569 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
6570
6571 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
6572 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
6573 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
6574
6575 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
6576 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
6577 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
6578 to be used.
6579
6580 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
6581 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
6582 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
6583 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
6584 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
6585 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
6586 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
6587
6588 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
6589 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
6590 debugging purposes.
6591
6592 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
6593 group named differently than the user.
6594
6595 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
6596 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
6597 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
6598
6599 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
6600 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
6601 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
6602 /etc/fstab.
6603
6604 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
6605 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
6606 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
6607 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
6608
6609 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
6610 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
6611 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
6612 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
6613
6614 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
6615 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
6616 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
6617 Bernard.
6618
6619 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
6620 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
6621 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
6622 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
6623 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
6624 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
6625 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
6626 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
6627 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
6628 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
6629 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
6630
6631 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
6632 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
6633 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
6634 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
6635 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
6636 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
6637 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
6638 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
6639 command line option.
6640
6641 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
6642 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
6643
6644 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
6645 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
6646 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
6647 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
6648 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
6649 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
6650 systemd-timedated.
6651
6652 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
6653 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128-bit IDs, currently mostly
6654 GPT partition table types.
6655
6656 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
6657 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
6658 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
6659
6660 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
6661
6662 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
6663 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
6664 for the respective units.
6665
6666 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
6667 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
6668 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
6669
6670 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
6671 "status" output.
6672
6673 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
6674 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
6675 disappear.
6676
6677 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
6678 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
6679 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
6680 address is used.
6681
6682 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
6683 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
6684 dropped from the individual setting names.
6685
6686 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
6687 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
6688 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
6689 such files in version 243.
6690
6691 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
6692 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
6693 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
6694
6695 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
6696 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
6697 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
6698
6699 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
6700 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
6701 with stopping and disablement.
6702
6703 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
6704 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
6705 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
6706 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
6707 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
6708 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
6709 some internal systemd services (most notably
6710 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
6711 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
6712 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
6713 this systemd release. See
6714 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
6715 additional discussion.
6716
6717 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
6718 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
6719 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
6720 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
6721 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
6722 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
6723 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6724 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
6725 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
6726 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
6727 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
6728 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
6729 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
6730 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
6731 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
6732 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
6733 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
6734 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
6735 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
6736 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
6737 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
6738 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
6739 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
6740 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
6741 DONG
6742
6743 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
6744
6745 CHANGES WITH 244:
6746
6747 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
6748 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
6749 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
6750 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
6751
6752 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
6753 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
6754 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
6755 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
6756
6757 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
6758 units.
6759
6760 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
6761 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
6762 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
6763 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
6764 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
6765 set the EFI variable.
6766
6767 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
6768 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
6769 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
6770 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
6771 and overrides the systemd setting.
6772
6773 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
6774 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
6775 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
6776 effect.)
6777
6778 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
6779 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
6780 that affects all corresponding unit files.
6781
6782 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
6783 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
6784
6785 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
6786 the unit being shown.
6787
6788 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
6789 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
6790 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
6791 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
6792 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
6793
6794 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
6795 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
6796 which need to use them.
6797
6798 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
6799 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
6800 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
6801 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
6802 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
6803 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
6804 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
6805 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
6806 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
6807 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
6808
6809 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
6810 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
6811 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
6812 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
6813 security tokens that were used previously.
6814
6815 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
6816 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
6817 improve power saving with many more devices.
6818
6819 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
6820 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
6821 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
6822
6823 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
6824 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
6825 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
6826 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
6827 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
6828
6829 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
6830 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
6831 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
6832 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
6833 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
6834
6835 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
6836 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
6837
6838 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
6839 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
6840
6841 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
6842 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
6843 now supported.
6844
6845 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
6846 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
6847
6848 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
6849 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
6850 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
6851
6852 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
6853 received from the server.
6854
6855 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
6856 set.
6857
6858 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
6859 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
6860
6861 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
6862 using a new SendOption= setting.
6863
6864 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
6865 service type" value used by the client.
6866
6867 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
6868 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
6869
6870 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
6871 a new SendOption= setting.
6872
6873 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
6874 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
6875
6876 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
6877 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
6878
6879 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
6880 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
6881 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
6882
6883 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
6884 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
6885 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
6886 BSSID for wireless links.
6887
6888 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
6889 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
6890
6891 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
6892 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
6893
6894 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
6895 disciplines in the kernel using the new
6896 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
6897 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
6898 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
6899 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
6900
6901 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
6902
6903 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
6904 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
6905 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
6906 on its own).
6907
6908 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
6909 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
6910 of the present time.
6911
6912 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
6913 reproducible image builds easier).
6914
6915 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
6916 Specification.
6917
6918 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
6919 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
6920 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
6921 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
6922
6923 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
6924 is being used.
6925
6926 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
6927
6928 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
6929 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
6930 path as the system manager.
6931
6932 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
6933 outputting the 128-bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
6934 representation").
6935
6936 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
6937 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
6938 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
6939 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
6940 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
6941 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
6942 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
6943 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
6944
6945 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
6946 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
6947 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
6948 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
6949 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
6950 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
6951 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
6952 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
6953 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
6954 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
6955 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
6956 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
6957 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
6958 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
6959 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
6960 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
6961 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
6962 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
6963 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
6964 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
6965 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
6966 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
6967 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6968
6969 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
6970
6971 CHANGES WITH 243:
6972
6973 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
6974 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
6975 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
6976 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
6977 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
6978 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
6979 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
6980 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
6981
6982 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
6983 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
6984 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
6985 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
6986 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
6987 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
6988 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
6989 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
6990 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
6991 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
6992 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
6993 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
6994 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
6995 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
6996 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
6997 documentation.
6998
6999 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
7000 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
7001 from the old 16-bit range. This should improve security and
7002 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
7003 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
7004 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
7005 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
7006 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
7007 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
7008 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
7009 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
7010 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
7011 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
7012 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
7013 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
7014 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
7015
7016 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
7017 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
7018 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
7019 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
7020
7021 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
7022 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
7023
7024 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
7025 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
7026 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
7027 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
7028 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
7029 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
7030 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
7031 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
7032 caught up with the kernel API changes.
7033
7034 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
7035 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
7036 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
7037 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
7038 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
7039 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
7040 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
7041 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
7042 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
7043 packagers.
7044
7045 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
7046 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
7047
7048 build/man/man systemctl
7049 build/man/html systemd.index
7050
7051 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
7052 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
7053
7054 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
7055 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
7056 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
7057 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
7058 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
7059 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
7060
7061 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
7062 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
7063 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
7064 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
7065 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
7066 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
7067 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
7068 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
7069 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
7070 unambiguously distinguished.
7071
7072 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
7073 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
7074 very rarely used.
7075
7076 To replace this functionality, users should:
7077 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
7078 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
7079 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
7080 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
7081 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
7082
7083 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
7084 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
7085 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
7086 interfaces should really be matched.
7087
7088 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
7089 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
7090 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
7091 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
7092 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
7093 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
7094
7095 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
7096 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
7097 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
7098 stop the whole unit.
7099
7100 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
7101 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
7102 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
7103 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
7104 generated whenever a unit stops.
7105
7106 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
7107 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
7108 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
7109 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
7110
7111 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
7112 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
7113 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
7114 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
7115 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
7116
7117 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
7118 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
7119 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
7120 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
7121 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
7122 programs set up externally.
7123
7124 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
7125 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
7126 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
7127 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
7128
7129 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
7130 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
7131 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
7132 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
7133 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
7134 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
7135 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
7136
7137 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
7138 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
7139 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
7140 as before.
7141
7142 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
7143 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
7144 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
7145 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
7146 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
7147 links on terminals that support that.
7148
7149 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
7150 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
7151 unmounted safely during shutdown.
7152
7153 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
7154
7155 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
7156 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
7157 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
7158 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
7159 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
7160 The default remains unchanged.
7161
7162 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
7163 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
7164
7165 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
7166 udev property.
7167
7168 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
7169 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
7170 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
7171
7172 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
7173 interfaces natively.
7174
7175 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
7176 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
7177 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
7178 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
7179
7180 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
7181 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
7182 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
7183 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
7184 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
7185 RELEASE message when terminating.
7186
7187 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
7188 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
7189
7190 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
7191 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
7192 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
7193 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
7194 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
7195 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
7196 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
7197
7198 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
7199 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
7200 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
7201 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
7202 added to the GENEVE support.
7203
7204 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
7205 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
7206 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
7207 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
7208 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
7209
7210 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
7211 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
7212 onto the network device.
7213
7214 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
7215 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
7216 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
7217 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
7218 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
7219
7220 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
7221 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
7222 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
7223
7224 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
7225 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
7226
7227 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
7228 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
7229
7230 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
7231 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
7232 statistics.
7233
7234 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
7235 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
7236 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
7237
7238 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
7239 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
7240
7241 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
7242 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
7243 specific udev properties.
7244
7245 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
7246 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
7247 "lo" as underlying device.
7248
7249 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
7250 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
7251 IP addresses, too.
7252
7253 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
7254 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
7255 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
7256 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
7257
7258 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
7259 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
7260 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
7261 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
7262
7263 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
7264 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
7265 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
7266
7267 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
7268 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
7269 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
7270
7271 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
7272
7273 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
7274 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
7275 does the same for recurring calendar events.
7276
7277 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
7278 durations as opposed to points in time).
7279
7280 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
7281 expressions.
7282
7283 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
7284 codes to their names and back.
7285
7286 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
7287 file paths and unit aliases.
7288
7289 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
7290 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
7291 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
7292 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
7293
7294 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
7295 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
7296 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
7297 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
7298 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
7299 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
7300 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
7301 udev rules for that purpose.
7302
7303 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
7304 a device to be initialized.
7305
7306 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
7307 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
7308 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
7309
7310 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
7311 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
7312 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
7313 with gcc's cleanup extension.
7314
7315 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
7316 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128-bit ID in UUID format
7317 with printf().
7318
7319 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
7320 XML introspection data unmodified.
7321
7322 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
7323 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
7324 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
7325 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
7326
7327 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
7328 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
7329 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
7330 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
7331 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
7332 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
7333 configured to handle the watchdog.
7334
7335 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
7336 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
7337 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
7338
7339 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
7340 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
7341 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
7342
7343 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
7344 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
7345 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
7346 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
7347 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
7348
7349 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
7350 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
7351 review.
7352
7353 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
7354 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
7355
7356 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
7357 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
7358
7359 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
7360 failures to apply them are now ignored.
7361
7362 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
7363 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
7364 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
7365 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
7366
7367 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
7368 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
7369 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
7370 service.
7371
7372 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
7373 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
7374 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
7375 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
7376 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
7377 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
7378 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
7379 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
7380 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
7381 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
7382 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
7383 a seed was received from the boot loader.
7384
7385 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
7386
7387 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
7388 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
7389 above.
7390
7391 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
7392 installed.
7393
7394 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
7395 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
7396 bootloader entry).
7397
7398 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
7399 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
7400
7401 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
7402
7403 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
7404 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
7405 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
7406 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
7407 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
7408
7409 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
7410 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
7411 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
7412
7413 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
7414 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
7415
7416 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
7417 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
7418 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
7419
7420 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
7421 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
7422 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
7423 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
7424 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
7425 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
7426 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
7427 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
7428 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
7429 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
7430 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
7431 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
7432 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
7433 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
7434 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
7435 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
7436 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
7437 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
7438 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7439 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
7440 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
7441 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
7442 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
7443 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
7444 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
7445 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
7446 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
7447 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
7448 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
7449 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
7450
7451 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
7452
7453 CHANGES WITH 242:
7454
7455 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
7456 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
7457 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
7458 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
7459 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
7460 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
7461 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
7462
7463 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
7464 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
7465
7466 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
7467 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
7468 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
7469 may be used to view this.
7470
7471 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
7472 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
7473 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
7474 ```
7475 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
7476 [Match]
7477 Type=bridge
7478
7479 [Link]
7480 MACAddressPolicy=none
7481 ```
7482
7483 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
7484 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
7485 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
7486 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
7487 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
7488 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
7489 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
7490
7491 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
7492 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
7493
7494 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
7495 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
7496
7497 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
7498 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
7499
7500 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
7501 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
7502 is a USB peripheral).
7503
7504 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
7505 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
7506 measured.
7507
7508 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
7509 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
7510 have privileges to do so).
7511
7512 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
7513 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
7514 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
7515
7516 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
7517 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
7518 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
7519 namespace.
7520
7521 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
7522 in which case environment variable substitution is
7523 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
7524
7525 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
7526 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
7527 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
7528 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
7529 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
7530
7531 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
7532 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
7533 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
7534 installed CPU cores.
7535
7536 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
7537 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
7538 kernel 4.15.
7539
7540 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
7541 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
7542 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
7543 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
7544 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
7545
7546 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
7547 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
7548 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
7549
7550 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
7551 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
7552 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
7553 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
7554 enslaved devices is not operational.
7555
7556 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
7557 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
7558
7559 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
7560 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
7561 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
7562 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
7563 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
7564 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
7565
7566 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
7567 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
7568
7569 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
7570
7571 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
7572 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
7573 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
7574
7575 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
7576 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
7577
7578 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
7579 configure CAN triple sampling.
7580
7581 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
7582 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
7583
7584 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
7585 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
7586 details.
7587
7588 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
7589 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
7590 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
7591 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
7592 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
7593 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
7594
7595 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
7596
7597 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
7598 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
7599 controlling project quota inheritance.
7600
7601 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
7602 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
7603 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
7604 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
7605 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
7606 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
7607 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
7608 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
7609 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
7610 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
7611 partition.
7612
7613 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
7614 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
7615 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
7616 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
7617 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
7618
7619 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
7620 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
7621
7622 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
7623 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
7624 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
7625 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
7626 be used in production yet.
7627
7628 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
7629 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
7630 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
7631 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
7632 input, output, and error are set up.
7633
7634 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
7635
7636 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
7637 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
7638 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
7639
7640 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
7641 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
7642 the specified expression will elapse next.
7643
7644 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
7645 introspection data.
7646
7647 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
7648 the reboot() system call expects.
7649
7650 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
7651 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
7652 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
7653
7654 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
7655 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
7656 ConditionVirtualization=).
7657
7658 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
7659 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
7660 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
7661 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
7662 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
7663 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
7664 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
7665 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
7666 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
7667 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
7668 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
7669 during reboot with their own operations.
7670
7671 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
7672 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
7673 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
7674 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
7675
7676 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
7677 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
7678 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
7679 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
7680 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
7681
7682 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
7683 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
7684
7685 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
7686 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
7687 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
7688 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
7689 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
7690 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
7691 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
7692 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
7693 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
7694
7695 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
7696 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
7697 prohibited.
7698
7699 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
7700 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
7701 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
7702 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
7703 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
7704 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
7705 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
7706 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
7707
7708 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
7709 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
7710 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
7711 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
7712 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
7713 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
7714 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
7715 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
7716 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
7717 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
7718 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7719 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
7720 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
7721 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
7722 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
7723 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
7724 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
7725 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7726
7727 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
7728
7729 CHANGES WITH 241:
7730
7731 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
7732 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
7733 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
7734
7735 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
7736 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
7737 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
7738 include the package release information.
7739
7740 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
7741 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
7742 option.
7743
7744 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
7745 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
7746 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
7747
7748 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
7749 again.
7750
7751 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
7752 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
7753 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
7754 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
7755 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
7756 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
7757 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
7758 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
7759 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
7760 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
7761 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
7762 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
7763 installed .link files to *not* include it.
7764
7765 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
7766 "persistent", now works again as documented.
7767
7768 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
7769 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
7770
7771 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
7772 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
7773 used for side-channel attacks.
7774
7775 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
7776 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
7777 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
7778
7779 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
7780 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
7781 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
7782 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
7783 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
7784 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
7785
7786 fs.protected_regular = 0
7787 fs.protected_fifos = 0
7788
7789 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
7790 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
7791
7792 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
7793 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
7794 POSIX shells.
7795
7796 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
7797 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
7798
7799 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
7800 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
7801 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
7802 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
7803 points but otherwise empty.
7804
7805 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
7806 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
7807 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
7808
7809 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
7810 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
7811
7812 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
7813 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
7814
7815 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
7816 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
7817 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
7818 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
7819 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
7820 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
7821 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
7822 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
7823 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
7824 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7825 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7826 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
7827 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
7828 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
7829 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
7830 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7831 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
7832
7833 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
7834
7835 CHANGES WITH 240:
7836
7837 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
7838 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
7839 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
7840 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
7841 an SELinux policy update is required.
7842 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
7843
7844 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
7845 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
7846 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
7847 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
7848 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
7849 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
7850 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
7851 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
7852 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
7853 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
7854
7855 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
7856 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
7857 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
7858 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
7859 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
7860 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
7861 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
7862 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
7863 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
7864 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
7865 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
7866 the search path.
7867
7868 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
7869 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
7870 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
7871 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
7872 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
7873 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
7874 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
7875 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
7876 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
7877 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
7878 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
7879 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
7880 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
7881 start job.
7882
7883 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
7884 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
7885 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
7886 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
7887 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
7888 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
7889 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
7890 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
7891 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
7892 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
7893
7894 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
7895 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
7896 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
7897 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
7898 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
7899 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
7900 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
7901 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
7902 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
7903 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
7904 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
7905 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
7906 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
7907 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
7908 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
7909 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
7910 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
7911 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
7912 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
7913 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
7914 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
7915 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
7916 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
7917 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
7918 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
7919 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
7920 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
7921 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
7922 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
7923 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
7924 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
7925 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
7926 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
7927 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
7928 Java.)
7929
7930 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
7931 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
7932 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
7933 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
7934 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
7935 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
7936 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
7937 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
7938 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
7939 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
7940
7941 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
7942 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
7943 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
7944 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
7945 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
7946 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
7947
7948 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
7949 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
7950 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
7951 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
7952 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
7953
7954 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
7955 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
7956
7957 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
7958 reverted.
7959
7960 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
7961 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
7962 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
7963
7964 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
7965 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
7966
7967 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
7968 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
7969 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
7970
7971 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
7972 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
7973 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
7974 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
7975 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
7976 latency.
7977
7978 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
7979 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
7980
7981 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
7982 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
7983 instance part of a unit name.
7984
7985 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
7986 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
7987 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
7988 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
7989 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
7990 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
7991 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
7992 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
7993 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
7994
7995 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
7996 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
7997 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
7998 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
7999
8000 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
8001 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
8002 to a file, and appending to it.
8003
8004 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
8005 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
8006 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
8007 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
8008 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
8009 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
8010
8011 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
8012 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
8013 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
8014 having to touch C code.
8015
8016 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
8017 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
8018
8019 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
8020 DNS-over-TLS.
8021
8022 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
8023 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
8024 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
8025
8026 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
8027 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
8028 until the system finished start-up.
8029
8030 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
8031
8032 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
8033 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
8034 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
8035 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
8036 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
8037 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
8038 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
8039
8040 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
8041 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
8042 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
8043 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
8044 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
8045 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
8046 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
8047 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
8048 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
8049 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
8050 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
8051 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
8052
8053 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
8054 instantiate services.
8055
8056 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
8057 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
8058
8059 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
8060 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
8061 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
8062
8063 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
8064 it is neither used nor maintained.
8065
8066 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
8067 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
8068 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
8069 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
8070 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
8071 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
8072 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
8073 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
8074 separated by colons.
8075
8076 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
8077 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
8078
8079 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
8080 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
8081
8082 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
8083 "ethtool advertise" commands.
8084
8085 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
8086 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
8087 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
8088 directly.
8089
8090 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
8091 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
8092 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
8093 ID.
8094
8095 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
8096 and generate various 128-bit IDs.
8097
8098 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
8099 and LOGO=.
8100
8101 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
8102 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
8103 from any hibernated image.
8104
8105 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
8106 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
8107 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
8108 kernel exports them.
8109
8110 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
8111 /usr/bin/.
8112
8113 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
8114 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
8115 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
8116 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
8117 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
8118 now documented here:
8119
8120 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
8121
8122 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
8123 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
8124 installs during early boot.
8125
8126 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
8127 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
8128
8129 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
8130 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
8131
8132 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
8133 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
8134 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
8135
8136 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
8137 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
8138 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
8139 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
8140 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
8141 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
8142 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
8143 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
8144 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
8145 is on AC power.
8146
8147 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
8148 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
8149 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
8150 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
8151 see:
8152
8153 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
8154
8155 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
8156 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
8157 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
8158 and container environments.
8159
8160 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
8161 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
8162 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
8163 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
8164
8165 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
8166 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
8167 journald per-service.
8168
8169 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
8170 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
8171
8172 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
8173 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
8174 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
8175 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
8176
8177 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
8178 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
8179 groups.
8180
8181 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
8182 --ephemeral command line switch.
8183
8184 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
8185 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
8186 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
8187 object itself.
8188
8189 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
8190 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
8191 not unloaded).
8192
8193 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
8194 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
8195 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
8196
8197 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
8198 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
8199 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
8200 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
8201 "dead" state on success.
8202
8203 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
8204 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
8205 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
8206 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
8207 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
8208 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
8209 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
8210 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
8211 well-defined system service context.
8212
8213 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
8214 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
8215 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
8216 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
8217
8218 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
8219 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
8220 continue to be used.
8221
8222 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
8223 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
8224 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
8225 for example:
8226
8227 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
8228
8229 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
8230 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
8231 the command line's exit code.
8232
8233 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
8234
8235 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
8236
8237 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
8238 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
8239 support to systemctl and all other commands.
8240
8241 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
8242 name as argument.
8243
8244 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
8245 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
8246 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
8247 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
8248 is improved.
8249
8250 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
8251 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128-bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
8252 initialize one to all 0xFF.
8253
8254 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
8255 all files and directories listed in
8256 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
8257 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
8258 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
8259 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
8260 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
8261 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
8262 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
8263 the transition to the host OS.
8264
8265 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
8266 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
8267 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
8268 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
8269 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
8270 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
8271 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
8272 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
8273 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
8274 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
8275 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
8276 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
8277 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
8278 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
8279 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
8280 these are opened they don't work.
8281
8282 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
8283 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
8284 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
8285 logic works again.
8286
8287 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
8288 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
8289 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
8290 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
8291 ignore it.
8292
8293 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
8294 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
8295 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
8296 commands.
8297
8298 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
8299 pam_systemd anymore.
8300
8301 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
8302 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
8303 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
8304 policy took effect.
8305
8306 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
8307 python-3.5.
8308
8309 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
8310 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
8311 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
8312 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
8313 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
8314 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
8315 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
8316 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
8317 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
8318 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
8319 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
8320 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
8321 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
8322 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
8323 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
8324 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
8325 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8326 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
8327 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
8328 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
8329 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
8330 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
8331 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
8332 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
8333 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
8334 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
8335 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
8336 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
8337 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
8338 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
8339 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
8340 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
8341 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
8342 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
8343 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
8344 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
8345 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
8346 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
8347 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
8348 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
8349 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
8350 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
8351 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
8352 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
8353 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
8354
8355 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
8356
8357 CHANGES WITH 239:
8358
8359 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
8360 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
8361 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
8362 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
8363 a slot number associated.
8364
8365 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
8366 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
8367 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
8368 independent.
8369
8370 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
8371 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
8372 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
8373
8374 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
8375 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
8376 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
8377 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
8378
8379 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
8380 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
8381 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
8382 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
8383 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
8384 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
8385 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
8386 e.g. NIS.
8387
8388 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
8389 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
8390 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
8391 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
8392 may be necessary to update the file.
8393
8394 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
8395 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
8396 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
8397 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
8398 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
8399 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
8400 documentation.
8401
8402 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
8403 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
8404 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
8405 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
8406 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
8407 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
8408 them.
8409
8410 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
8411 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
8412 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
8413 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
8414 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
8415
8416 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
8417 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
8418 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
8419 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
8420 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
8421 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
8422 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
8423 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
8424
8425 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
8426 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
8427 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
8428 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
8429 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
8430
8431 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
8432 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
8433 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
8434 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
8435 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
8436
8437 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
8438 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
8439 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
8440
8441 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
8442 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
8443 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
8444 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
8445 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
8446 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
8447 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
8448 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
8449 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
8450 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
8451 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
8452 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
8453 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
8454 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
8455 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
8456 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
8457 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
8458 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
8459 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
8460 from.
8461
8462 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
8463 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
8464 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
8465 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
8466
8467 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
8468 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
8469 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
8470 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
8471
8472 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
8473 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
8474 hibernates again.
8475
8476 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
8477 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier. (EDIT: the
8478 option was broken, and was dropped in v255.)
8479
8480 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
8481 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
8482 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
8483
8484 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
8485 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
8486 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
8487 was not configurable and set to 512.
8488
8489 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
8490 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
8491 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
8492 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
8493 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
8494 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
8495 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
8496 in particular su and sudo.
8497
8498 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
8499 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
8500 synchronization has been received from the network. This
8501 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
8502 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
8503 services.
8504
8505 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
8506 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
8507 files should work for hibernation now.
8508
8509 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
8510 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
8511 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
8512 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
8513 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
8514 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
8515 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
8516 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
8517 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
8518 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
8519 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
8520 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
8521 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
8522 name following the last dash.
8523
8524 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
8525 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
8526 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
8527 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
8528 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
8529
8530 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
8531 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
8532 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
8533 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
8534 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
8535 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
8536
8537 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
8538 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
8539 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
8540 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
8541
8542 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
8543 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
8544 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
8545 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
8546 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
8547
8548 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
8549 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
8550 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
8551 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
8552 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
8553 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
8554 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
8555 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
8556 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
8557 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
8558 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
8559 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
8560 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
8561
8562 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
8563 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
8564 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
8565 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
8566 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
8567 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
8568 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
8569 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
8570 settings.
8571
8572 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
8573 expiration feature, if it is available.
8574
8575 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
8576 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
8577 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
8578
8579 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
8580 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
8581
8582 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
8583
8584 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
8585 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
8586
8587 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
8588 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
8589 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
8590 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
8591 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
8592 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
8593 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
8594 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
8595 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
8596 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
8597 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
8598
8599 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
8600 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
8601 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
8602 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
8603
8604 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
8605 about its state.
8606
8607 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
8608 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
8609 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
8610 "timedatectl set-ntp".
8611
8612 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
8613 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
8614 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
8615 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
8616 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
8617 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
8618 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
8619 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
8620 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
8621 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
8622 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
8623
8624 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
8625 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
8626
8627 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
8628 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
8629 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
8630 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
8631 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
8632 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
8633
8634 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
8635 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
8636 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
8637 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
8638 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
8639 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
8640 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
8641
8642 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
8643 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
8644 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
8645 shown.)
8646
8647 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
8648 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
8649 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
8650 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
8651 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
8652 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
8653 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
8654 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
8655 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
8656
8657 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
8658 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
8659 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
8660
8661 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
8662 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
8663 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
8664 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
8665 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
8666 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
8667 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
8668 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
8669
8670 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
8671
8672 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
8673 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
8674 automatically when the system clock changed.)
8675
8676 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
8677 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
8678
8679 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
8680 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
8681 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
8682
8683 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
8684
8685 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
8686
8687 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
8688 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
8689
8690 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
8691 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
8692 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
8693 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
8694 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
8695 external user databases.
8696
8697 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
8698 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
8699 refused due to the enforced limits.
8700
8701 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
8702 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
8703 manages.
8704
8705 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
8706 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
8707 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
8708 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
8709 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
8710 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
8711 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
8712 where this is now used by default.
8713
8714 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
8715 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
8716
8717 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
8718 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
8719 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
8720 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
8721 update process in a generic way.
8722
8723 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
8724
8725 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
8726 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
8727 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
8728 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
8729 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
8730 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
8731 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
8732 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
8733 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
8734 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
8735 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
8736 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
8737 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
8738 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
8739 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
8740 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
8741 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
8742 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
8743 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
8744 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
8745 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
8746 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
8747 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
8748 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
8749 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
8750 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
8751 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
8752 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
8753 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8754
8755 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
8756
8757 CHANGES WITH 238:
8758
8759 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
8760 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
8761 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
8762 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
8763 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
8764 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
8765 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
8766 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
8767 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
8768 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
8769 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
8770 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
8771 to revert this change.
8772
8773 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
8774 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
8775 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
8776 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
8777 once at the end of the transaction.
8778
8779 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
8780 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
8781 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
8782 scripts.
8783
8784 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
8785 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
8786 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
8787 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
8788 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
8789 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
8790 still allowing local admin overrides.
8791
8792 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
8793 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
8794 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
8795
8796 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
8797 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
8798 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
8799 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
8800 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
8801
8802 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
8803 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
8804 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
8805 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
8806 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
8807 from package installation scripts.
8808
8809 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
8810 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
8811 without the user number ("u username -:456").
8812
8813 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
8814 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
8815
8816 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
8817 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
8818 /sbin/nologin for other users).
8819
8820 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
8821 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
8822 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
8823 --systemd, --user, or --global).
8824
8825 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
8826 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
8827 which are triggered meanwhile).
8828
8829 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
8830 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
8831 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
8832 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
8833 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
8834
8835 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
8836 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
8837 rotated very quickly.
8838
8839 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
8840 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
8841 pending bus messages.
8842
8843 * systemd gained a new
8844 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
8845 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
8846 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
8847 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
8848 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
8849 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
8850 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
8851 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
8852 session scope.
8853
8854 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
8855 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
8856 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
8857 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
8858 the tree to be accessed.
8859
8860 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
8861 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
8862 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
8863
8864 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
8865 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
8866 to keys in the main keyring.
8867
8868 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
8869
8870 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
8871 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
8872
8873 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
8874
8875 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
8876 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
8877 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
8878 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
8879 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
8880 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
8881 explicitly.
8882
8883 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
8884 the colour of "OK" status messages.
8885
8886 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
8887 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
8888 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
8889 be restarted.
8890
8891 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
8892 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
8893
8894 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
8895 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
8896 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
8897 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
8898 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
8899 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
8900 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
8901 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8902 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
8903 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
8904 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
8905 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
8906 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
8907 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8908 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
8909 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
8910
8911 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
8912
8913 CHANGES WITH 237:
8914
8915 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
8916 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
8917 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
8918 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
8919
8920 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
8921 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
8922 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
8923 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
8924 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
8925 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
8926 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
8927 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
8928 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
8929 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
8930
8931 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
8932 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
8933 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
8934 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
8935 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
8936 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
8937 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
8938 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
8939 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
8940 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
8941
8942 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
8943 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
8944 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
8945 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
8946 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
8947 now provides explicit control.
8948
8949 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
8950 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
8951 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
8952 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
8953 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
8954 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
8955 unit types that already supported transient operation.
8956
8957 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
8958 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
8959 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
8960
8961 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
8962 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
8963
8964 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
8965 .network files all gained support for a new condition
8966 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
8967 versions.
8968
8969 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
8970 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
8971 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
8972 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
8973 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
8974 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
8975 understands RapidCommit=.
8976
8977 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
8978 Delegation.
8979
8980 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
8981 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
8982 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
8983 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
8984 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
8985 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
8986 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
8987 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
8988 --watch-bind= command line switch.
8989
8990 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
8991 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
8992 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
8993 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
8994 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
8995 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
8996 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
8997 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
8998 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
8999 "Disconnected" signals).
9000
9001 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
9002 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
9003 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
9004 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
9005 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
9006 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
9007 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
9008 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
9009 round-trips are removed.
9010
9011 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
9012 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
9013 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
9014 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
9015
9016 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
9017 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
9018 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
9019 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
9020 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
9021 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
9022
9023 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
9024 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
9025 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
9026 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
9027 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
9028 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
9029 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
9030 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
9031 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
9032 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
9033
9034 * sd-event gained a new call pair
9035 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
9036 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
9037 when the event source is destroyed.
9038
9039 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
9040 connections.
9041
9042 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
9043 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
9044 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
9045 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
9046 new transitional flag file has been added: if
9047 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
9048 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
9049
9050 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
9051 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
9052 manager.
9053
9054 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
9055 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
9056 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
9057 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
9058 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
9059
9060 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
9061 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
9062 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
9063 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
9064 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
9065 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
9066
9067 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
9068 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
9069 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
9070 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
9071 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
9072 level/target is given as an argument.
9073
9074 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
9075 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
9076 where UID and GID do not match.
9077
9078 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
9079 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
9080 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
9081 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
9082 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
9083 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
9084 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
9085 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
9086 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
9087 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
9088 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
9089 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
9090 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
9091 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
9092 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
9093 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
9094 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
9095 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
9096 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
9097 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
9098 Палаузов
9099
9100 — Brno, 2018-01-28
9101
9102 CHANGES WITH 236:
9103
9104 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
9105 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
9106 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
9107 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
9108
9109 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
9110 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
9111 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
9112 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
9113 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
9114 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
9115 valid specifiers today.)
9116
9117 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
9118 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
9119 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
9120 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
9121 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
9122 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
9123
9124 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
9125 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
9126 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
9127 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
9128
9129 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
9130 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
9131 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
9132 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
9133 services are resolved properly.
9134
9135 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
9136 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
9137 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
9138 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
9139 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
9140 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
9141 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
9142 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
9143 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
9144 and btrfs.
9145
9146 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
9147 DNS server and domain information.
9148
9149 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
9150 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
9151 runtime.
9152
9153 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
9154 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
9155 empty for the first time.
9156
9157 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
9158 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
9159 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
9160 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
9161 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
9162 running in the user session.
9163
9164 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
9165 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
9166 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
9167 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
9168 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
9169 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
9170 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
9171 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
9172 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
9173 user instance).
9174
9175 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
9176 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
9177
9178 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
9179 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
9180 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
9181 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
9182
9183 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
9184 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
9185
9186 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
9187 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
9188 sleep verbs.
9189
9190 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
9191
9192 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
9193 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
9194
9195 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
9196
9197 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
9198 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
9199 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
9200
9201 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
9202 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
9203 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
9204 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
9205 instance.
9206
9207 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
9208 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
9209 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
9210
9211 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
9212 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
9213 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
9214
9215 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
9216
9217 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
9218 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
9219 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
9220 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
9221 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
9222 processes.
9223
9224 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
9225 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
9226 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
9227 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
9228
9229 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
9230 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
9231 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
9232
9233 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
9234 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
9235 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
9236 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
9237 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
9238
9239 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
9240 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
9241
9242 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
9243 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
9244 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
9245 time the specified expression would elapse.
9246
9247 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
9248 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
9249 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
9250 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
9251 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
9252 types, not just services.
9253
9254 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
9255 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
9256 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
9257 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
9258
9259 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
9260 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
9261 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
9262 interface for this purpose.
9263
9264 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
9265 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
9266 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
9267 anyway.
9268
9269 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
9270 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
9271 requirements of systemd.
9272
9273 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
9274 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
9275 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel command line option.
9276
9277 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
9278 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
9279 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
9280 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
9281
9282 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
9283 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
9284 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
9285 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
9286
9287 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
9288 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
9289
9290 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
9291 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
9292 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
9293 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
9294 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
9295 managing software supports (such as pppd).
9296
9297 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
9298 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
9299 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
9300
9301 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
9302 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
9303 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
9304 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
9305 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
9306 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
9307 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
9308 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
9309 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
9310 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
9311 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
9312 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
9313 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
9314 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
9315 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
9316 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
9317 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
9318 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
9319 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
9320 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
9321 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
9322 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9323 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
9324
9325 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
9326
9327 CHANGES WITH 235:
9328
9329 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
9330 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
9331 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
9332 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
9333 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
9334 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
9335 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
9336 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
9337 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
9338 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
9339 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
9340 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
9341 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
9342 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
9343 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
9344 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
9345 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
9346 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
9347 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
9348 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
9349 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
9350 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
9351 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
9352 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
9353 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
9354 IPAddressDeny= see below.
9355
9356 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
9357 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
9358 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
9359 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
9360 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
9361 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
9362 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
9363 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
9364
9365 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
9366 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
9367 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
9368 used to change those values.
9369
9370 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
9371 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
9372 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
9373 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
9374 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
9375 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
9376
9377 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
9378 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
9379 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
9380 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
9381
9382 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
9383 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
9384 one top-level directory.
9385
9386 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
9387 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
9388 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
9389 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
9390 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
9391 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
9392 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
9393 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
9394 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
9395 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
9396 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
9397 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
9398 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
9399 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
9400 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
9401
9402 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
9403 Meson-only.
9404
9405 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
9406 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
9407 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
9408 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
9409 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
9410 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
9411 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
9412 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
9413 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
9414 acceptable to us.
9415
9416 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
9417 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
9418 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
9419 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
9420 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
9421 requested at build time.
9422
9423 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
9424 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
9425 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
9426 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
9427 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
9428 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
9429 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
9430 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
9431 Type= setting which permits configuring
9432 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
9433
9434 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
9435 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
9436 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
9437 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
9438 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
9439 local frames between bridge ports.
9440
9441 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
9442 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
9443 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
9444
9445 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
9446 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
9447
9448 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
9449 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
9450 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
9451 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
9452
9453 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
9454 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
9455 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
9456 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
9457 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
9458 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
9459 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
9460 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
9461
9462 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
9463 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
9464 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
9465 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
9466 command.)
9467
9468 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
9469 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
9470 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
9471
9472 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
9473 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
9474 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
9475 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
9476
9477 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
9478 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
9479 configured, except for the credentials applied by
9480 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
9481 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
9482 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
9483 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
9484 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
9485 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
9486 on systems where this is not supported.
9487
9488 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
9489 sockets.
9490
9491 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
9492 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
9493 during runtime.
9494
9495 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
9496 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
9497 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
9498
9499 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
9500 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
9501 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
9502
9503 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
9504 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
9505 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
9506 Following this logic, two new special targets
9507 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
9508 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
9509 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
9510
9511 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
9512 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
9513 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
9514 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
9515
9516 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
9517 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
9518 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
9519 --wait".
9520
9521 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
9522 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
9523 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
9524 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
9525 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
9526 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
9527 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
9528 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
9529 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
9530
9531 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
9532 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
9533 containing information about the consumed resources of this
9534 invocation.
9535
9536 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
9537 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
9538 processes.
9539
9540 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
9541 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
9542 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
9543 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
9544 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
9545 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
9546 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
9547 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
9548 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
9549 systems for all five operations.
9550
9551 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
9552 the system.
9553
9554 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
9555 than UTC or the local timezone.
9556
9557 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
9558 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
9559 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
9560 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
9561 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
9562 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
9563 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
9564 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
9565
9566 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
9567 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
9568 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
9569 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
9570 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
9571 again.
9572
9573 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
9574 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
9575 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
9576
9577 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
9578 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
9579 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
9580 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
9581 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
9582 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
9583 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
9584 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
9585 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
9586 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
9587 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
9588 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
9589 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
9590 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
9591 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
9592 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
9593 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
9594 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
9595 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
9596 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9597
9598 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
9599
9600 CHANGES WITH 234:
9601
9602 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
9603 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
9604 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
9605 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
9606 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
9607 summary:
9608
9609 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
9610
9611 becomes:
9612
9613 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
9614
9615 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
9616 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
9617 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
9618 .device units.
9619
9620 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
9621 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
9622 running a systemd user instance.
9623
9624 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
9625 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
9626 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
9627 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
9628 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
9629 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
9630
9631 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
9632
9633 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
9634 (domain search list).
9635
9636 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
9637 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
9638 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
9639 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
9640 implementation of RA.
9641
9642 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
9643 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
9644 ISO date values.
9645
9646 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
9647 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
9648 devices.
9649
9650 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
9651 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
9652 option.
9653
9654 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
9655 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
9656 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
9657 default yet.
9658
9659 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
9660 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
9661 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
9662 SHA256SUMS files.
9663
9664 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
9665 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
9666
9667 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
9668
9669 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
9670
9671 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
9672 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
9673
9674 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
9675 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
9676 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
9677 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
9678
9679 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
9680 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
9681 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9682 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
9683 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
9684 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
9685 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
9686 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
9687 systemd-logind to be safe. See
9688 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
9689
9690 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
9691 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
9692 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
9693 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
9694 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
9695 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
9696 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
9697 after all the plugins exit.
9698
9699 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
9700 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
9701 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
9702 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
9703 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
9704 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
9705 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
9706 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
9707
9708 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
9709 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
9710 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
9711 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
9712 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
9713 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
9714 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
9715 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9716 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
9717 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
9718 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
9719 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
9720 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
9721 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
9722 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
9723 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9724 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
9725 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
9726 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
9727 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
9728 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
9729 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
9730 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
9731 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
9732 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
9733 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
9734 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
9735 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
9736 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
9737 Георгиевски
9738
9739 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
9740
9741 CHANGES WITH 233:
9742
9743 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
9744 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
9745 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
9746 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
9747 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
9748 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
9749 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
9750 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
9751 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
9752
9753 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
9754 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
9755 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
9756 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
9757 default selected on the configure command line
9758 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
9759 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
9760 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
9761 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
9762 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
9763 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
9764 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
9765 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
9766 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
9767 greatest stability and compatibility only.
9768
9769 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
9770 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
9771 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
9772 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
9773 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
9774 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
9775 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
9776 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
9777 further details about this.)
9778
9779 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
9780 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
9781 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
9782
9783 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
9784 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
9785
9786 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
9787 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
9788 with 'make install-tests'.
9789
9790 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
9791 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
9792 kernel.
9793
9794 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
9795 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
9796 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
9797 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
9798 by the Slice= option.
9799
9800 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
9801 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
9802 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
9803 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
9804
9805 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
9806 following choices:
9807
9808 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
9809 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
9810 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
9811 (h)elp
9812 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
9813 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
9814 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
9815 (y)es, execute the command
9816
9817 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
9818 because its meaning was confusing.
9819
9820 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
9821 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
9822
9823 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
9824 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
9825 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
9826
9827 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
9828 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
9829 state directly, without executing these commands.
9830
9831 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
9832 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
9833 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
9834
9835 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
9836 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
9837 combination with After=) have been started.
9838
9839 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
9840 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
9841 setting, and which system calls they contain.
9842
9843 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
9844 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
9845 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
9846 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
9847 configuration related calls.
9848
9849 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
9850 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
9851 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
9852 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
9853 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
9854 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
9855 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
9856
9857 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
9858 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
9859
9860 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
9861 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
9862 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
9863
9864 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
9865 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
9866
9867 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
9868 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
9869 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
9870 for compatibility.
9871
9872 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
9873 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
9874
9875 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
9876 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
9877
9878 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
9879 support for negative matching.
9880
9881 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
9882
9883 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
9884 permitted runtime of the mount command.
9885
9886 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
9887 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
9888 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
9889 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
9890 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
9891 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
9892 removed from the drive.
9893
9894 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
9895 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
9896
9897 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
9898 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
9899
9900 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
9901 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
9902 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
9903
9904 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
9905 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
9906 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
9907 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
9908 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
9909 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
9910 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
9911
9912 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
9913 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
9914 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
9915 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
9916 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
9917 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
9918
9919 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
9920 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
9921
9922 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
9923 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
9924 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
9925 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
9926 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
9927 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
9928 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
9929 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
9930
9931 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
9932 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
9933 including all control processes.
9934
9935 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
9936 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
9937 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
9938
9939 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
9940 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
9941 prefixing the source path with "+".
9942
9943 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
9944 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
9945 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
9946 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
9947 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
9948 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
9949 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
9950 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
9951
9952 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
9953 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
9954 before).
9955
9956 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
9957 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
9958 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
9959 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
9960 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
9961 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
9962 the new --root-hash= command line option).
9963
9964 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
9965 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
9966 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
9967 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
9968 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
9969 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
9970 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
9971 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
9972 versions.
9973
9974 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
9975 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
9976 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
9977 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
9978 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
9979 partition should be identical to the upper 128-bit of the Verity root
9980 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
9981 should be the lower 128-bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
9982 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
9983 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
9984 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
9985 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
9986 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
9987 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
9988 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
9989 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
9990 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
9991 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
9992 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
9993 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
9994 a Verity-enabled root partition.
9995
9996 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
9997 accelerometer quirks.
9998
9999 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
10000 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
10001 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
10002 ID of each service.
10003
10004 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
10005 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
10006 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
10007 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
10008 view.
10009
10010 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
10011 environment variables:
10012
10013 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
10014
10015 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
10016 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
10017 address.
10018
10019 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
10020 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
10021 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
10022
10023 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
10024 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
10025 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
10026 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
10027 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
10028 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
10029 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
10030 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
10031 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
10032 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
10033 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
10034 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
10035 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
10036
10037 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
10038 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
10039 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
10040
10041 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
10042 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
10043
10044 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
10045 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
10046 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
10047 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
10048 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
10049
10050 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
10051 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
10052 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
10053
10054 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
10055 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
10056
10057 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
10058 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
10059 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
10060 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
10061
10062 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
10063 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
10064 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
10065 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
10066 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
10067 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
10068 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
10069 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
10070 possibly even including full integrity data.
10071
10072 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
10073 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
10074 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
10075 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
10076 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
10077
10078 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
10079 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
10080 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
10081 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
10082 directly with systemd-nspawn.
10083
10084 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
10085 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
10086 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
10087 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
10088
10089 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
10090 of coredumps in reverse order.
10091
10092 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
10093 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
10094 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
10095 additional informational message in its output.
10096
10097 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
10098 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
10099 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
10100
10101 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
10102 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
10103 scripting languages such as Python.
10104
10105 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
10106 namespacing is enabled for them.
10107
10108 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
10109 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
10110 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
10111 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
10112 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
10113 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
10114
10115 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
10116 root key (KSK).
10117
10118 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
10119 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
10120 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
10121
10122 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
10123 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
10124 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
10125 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
10126 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
10127 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
10128 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
10129 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
10130 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
10131 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
10132 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
10133 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
10134 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
10135 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
10136 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
10137 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
10138 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
10139 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
10140 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
10141 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
10142 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
10143 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
10144 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
10145 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
10146 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
10147 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
10148 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
10149 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
10150 Тихонов
10151
10152 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
10153
10154 CHANGES WITH 232:
10155
10156 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
10157 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
10158 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
10159 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
10160 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
10161 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
10162
10163 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
10164 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
10165
10166 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
10167 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
10168 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
10169
10170 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
10171 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
10172 to be remounted read-only for a service.
10173
10174 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
10175 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
10176 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
10177 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
10178
10179 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
10180 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
10181
10182 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
10183 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
10184 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
10185
10186 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
10187 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
10188 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
10189 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
10190 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
10191 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
10192 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
10193 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
10194 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
10195 permanent modifications to the system.
10196
10197 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
10198 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
10199 container or chroot environments.
10200
10201 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
10202 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
10203 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
10204 mapped to nobody.
10205
10206 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
10207 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
10208 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
10209 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
10210
10211 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
10212 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
10213
10214 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
10215 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
10216 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
10217 and the support is provisional.
10218
10219 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
10220 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
10221 unit files in the file system).
10222
10223 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
10224 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
10225 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
10226 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
10227 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
10228 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
10229 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
10230 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
10231 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
10232 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
10233 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
10234 state is fixed automatically.
10235
10236 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
10237 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
10238 option.
10239
10240 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
10241 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
10242 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
10243 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
10244 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
10245 else.
10246
10247 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
10248 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
10249 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
10250 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
10251 bootable on physical systems.
10252
10253 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
10254
10255 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
10256 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
10257 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
10258 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
10259 used.
10260
10261 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
10262 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
10263 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
10264 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
10265
10266 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
10267
10268 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
10269 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
10270 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
10271 of the container).
10272
10273 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
10274 files from the specified location.
10275
10276 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
10277 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
10278 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
10279 be active.
10280
10281 * The hardware database has been extended to support
10282 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
10283 trackball devices.
10284
10285 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
10286 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
10287 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
10288
10289 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
10290 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
10291 specified service binary exited.)
10292
10293 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
10294 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
10295
10296 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
10297 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
10298 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
10299 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
10300 --since= and --until= options.
10301
10302 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
10303 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
10304 are automatically propagated to the container.
10305
10306 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
10307 from a single IP address can be limited with
10308 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
10309 MaxConnections=.
10310
10311 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
10312 configuration.
10313
10314 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
10315 drop-ins.
10316
10317 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
10318 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
10319 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
10320 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
10321 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
10322 [Link] section of .link files.
10323
10324 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
10325 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
10326 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
10327 section of .netdev files.
10328
10329 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
10330 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
10331 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
10332
10333 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
10334 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
10335 .network files.
10336
10337 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
10338 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
10339 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
10340 service runtime cycle.
10341
10342 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
10343 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
10344 has been traditionally doing.
10345
10346 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
10347 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
10348 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
10349 prevent any later plugins from running.
10350
10351 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
10352 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
10353 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
10354 default of SplitMode=uid.
10355
10356 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
10357 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
10358 useful.
10359
10360 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
10361 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
10362 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
10363 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
10364 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
10365 individual namespaces.
10366
10367 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
10368 the output, as well as OS release information.
10369
10370 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
10371
10372 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
10373 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
10374 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
10375 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
10376 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
10377
10378 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
10379 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
10380 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
10381 severed.
10382
10383 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
10384 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
10385 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
10386 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
10387 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
10388 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
10389 information about exit statuses and results.
10390
10391 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
10392 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
10393 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
10394 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
10395 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
10396 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
10397
10398 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
10399
10400 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
10401 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
10402 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
10403 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
10404 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
10405 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
10406 entirely.
10407
10408 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
10409 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
10410 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
10411
10412 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
10413 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
10414 ID (a 128-bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
10415 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
10416 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
10417 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
10418 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
10419 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
10420 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
10421 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
10422 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
10423 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
10424 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
10425 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
10426 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
10427 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
10428 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
10429
10430 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
10431 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
10432 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
10433 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
10434
10435 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
10436 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
10437 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
10438 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
10439
10440 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
10441 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
10442 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
10443 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
10444 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
10445 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
10446 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
10447 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
10448 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
10449 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
10450 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
10451 fragment entirely.)
10452
10453 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
10454 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
10455 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
10456
10457 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
10458 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
10459 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
10460 FileDescriptorName= setting.
10461
10462 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
10463 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
10464 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
10465 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
10466 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
10467 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
10468
10469 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
10470 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
10471
10472 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
10473 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
10474
10475 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
10476 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
10477 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
10478 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
10479 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
10480
10481 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
10482 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
10483 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
10484 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10485 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
10486 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
10487 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
10488 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
10489 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
10490 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
10491 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
10492 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
10493 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
10494 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
10495 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10496 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
10497 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
10498 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
10499 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
10500 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
10501 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
10502 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
10503 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
10504 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
10505 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10506 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
10507
10508 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
10509
10510 CHANGES WITH 231:
10511
10512 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
10513 with an additional special character as first argument of the
10514 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
10515 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
10516 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
10517 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
10518 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
10519 independently.
10520
10521 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
10522 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
10523
10524 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
10525 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
10526 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
10527 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
10528 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
10529 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
10530 values.
10531
10532 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
10533 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
10534 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
10535 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
10536 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
10537
10538 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
10539 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
10540 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
10541 7:10am every day.
10542
10543 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
10544 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
10545 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
10546 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
10547 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
10548 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
10549 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
10550 available for compatibility.
10551
10552 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
10553 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
10554 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
10555 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
10556 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
10557 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
10558
10559 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
10560 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
10561 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
10562 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
10563 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
10564 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
10565 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
10566 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
10567 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
10568
10569 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
10570 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
10571 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
10572 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e.g. put container
10573 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
10574 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
10575 desired options.
10576
10577 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
10578 cgroup v2.
10579
10580 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
10581 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
10582 limited to subgroups of that group.
10583
10584 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
10585 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
10586 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
10587 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
10588 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
10589 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
10590 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
10591 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
10592
10593 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
10594 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
10595 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
10596 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
10597 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
10598 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
10599 own long-running services.
10600
10601 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
10602 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
10603 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
10604 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
10605
10606 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
10607 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
10608 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
10609 propagates this notification further to the service manager
10610 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
10611 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
10612 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
10613 primitives.
10614
10615 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
10616 "terminate".
10617
10618 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
10619 link-local IPv6 addresses.
10620
10621 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
10622 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
10623 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
10624 --flush-caches".
10625
10626 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
10627 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
10628 is shown.
10629
10630 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
10631 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
10632 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
10633 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
10634 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
10635 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
10636
10637 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
10638 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
10639 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
10640 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
10641 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
10642 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
10643 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
10644 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
10645 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
10646 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
10647 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
10648 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
10649 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
10650 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
10651 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
10652 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
10653 bus API instead.
10654
10655 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
10656 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
10657 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
10658 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
10659
10660 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
10661 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
10662 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
10663 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
10664
10665 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
10666 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
10667 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
10668
10669 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
10670 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
10671
10672 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
10673 interface configuration.
10674
10675 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
10676 specifying the --force switch.
10677
10678 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
10679 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
10680 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
10681
10682 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
10683 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
10684 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
10685 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
10686 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
10687 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
10688 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
10689 to be handled.
10690
10691 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
10692 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
10693
10694 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
10695 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
10696
10697 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
10698 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
10699 of persistent symlinks for that device.
10700
10701 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
10702 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
10703
10704 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
10705 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
10706 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
10707 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
10708 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
10709 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
10710 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
10711 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
10712 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
10713 library.
10714
10715 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
10716 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
10717 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
10718 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
10719 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
10720 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
10721 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
10722 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
10723 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
10724 doc/HACKING for details.
10725
10726 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
10727 distribution's bugtracker.
10728
10729 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
10730 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
10731 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
10732 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
10733 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
10734 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
10735 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
10736 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
10737 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
10738 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
10739 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
10740 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
10741 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
10742 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
10743 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
10744 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
10745 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
10746 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
10747 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10748
10749 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
10750
10751 CHANGES WITH 230:
10752
10753 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
10754 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
10755 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
10756 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
10757 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
10758 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
10759 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
10760 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
10761 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
10762 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
10763 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
10764 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
10765 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
10766 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
10767 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
10768 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
10769 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
10770 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
10771 applications.)
10772
10773 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
10774 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
10775 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
10776
10777 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
10778 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
10779 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
10780 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
10781 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
10782 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
10783 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
10784
10785 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
10786 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
10787 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
10788 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
10789 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
10790 command works for tmux.
10791
10792 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
10793 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
10794 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
10795 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
10796 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
10797 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
10798
10799 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
10800 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
10801
10802 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
10803 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
10804 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
10805
10806 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
10807
10808 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
10809 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
10810 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
10811 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
10812 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
10813
10814 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
10815 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
10816 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
10817 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
10818
10819 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
10820 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
10821 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
10822 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
10823 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
10824 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
10825
10826 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
10827 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
10828 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
10829
10830 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
10831 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
10832 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
10833 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
10834 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
10835 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
10836
10837 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
10838 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
10839 address.
10840
10841 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
10842 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
10843 should be emitted.
10844
10845 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
10846 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
10847 supported.
10848
10849 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
10850 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
10851 logging performance.
10852
10853 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
10854 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
10855 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
10856 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
10857 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
10858 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
10859
10860 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
10861 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
10862 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
10863 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
10864
10865 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
10866 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
10867
10868 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
10869 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
10870 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
10871
10872 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
10873
10874 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
10875 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
10876 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
10877 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
10878
10879 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
10880 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
10881 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
10882 refuse to operate on such files.
10883
10884 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
10885 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
10886 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
10887
10888 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
10889 just hidden container images.
10890
10891 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
10892 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
10893
10894 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
10895 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
10896 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
10897 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
10898 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
10899 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
10900 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
10901 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
10902 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
10903 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
10904 been changed to use this functionality by default.
10905
10906 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
10907 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
10908 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
10909 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
10910 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
10911 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
10912 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
10913 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
10914 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
10915 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
10916 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
10917 terminates.
10918
10919 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
10920 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
10921 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
10922 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
10923
10924 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
10925 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
10926 rate of the socket unit.
10927
10928 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
10929 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
10930 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
10931 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
10932 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
10933
10934 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
10935 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
10936 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
10937 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
10938 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
10939 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
10940 with this.
10941
10942 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
10943 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
10944
10945 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
10946 merged into the kernel in its current form.
10947
10948 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
10949 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
10950 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
10951 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
10952 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
10953
10954 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
10955 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
10956 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
10957
10958 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
10959 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
10960 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
10961 target is now included in early userspace.
10962
10963 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
10964 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
10965 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
10966 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
10967 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
10968 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
10969 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
10970 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
10971 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
10972 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
10973 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
10974 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
10975 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
10976 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
10977 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
10978 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
10979 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
10980 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
10981 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
10982 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
10983 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
10984 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
10985 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
10986 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
10987 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10988 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10989
10990 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
10991
10992 CHANGES WITH 229:
10993
10994 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
10995 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
10996 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
10997 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
10998 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
10999 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
11000 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
11001 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
11002 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
11003 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
11004 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
11005 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
11006 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
11007
11008 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
11009 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
11010 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
11011 /usr/bin.
11012
11013 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
11014 devices.
11015
11016 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
11017 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
11018 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
11019 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
11020 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
11021 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
11022 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
11023 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
11024 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
11025 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
11026 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
11027 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
11028 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
11029 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
11030 this limit.
11031
11032 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
11033 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
11034 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
11035 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
11036 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
11037 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
11038 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
11039 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
11040
11041 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
11042 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
11043 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
11044 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
11045 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
11046 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
11047 and group at package installation time.
11048
11049 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
11050 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
11051 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
11052 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
11053 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
11054
11055 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
11056 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
11057 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
11058 supports it.
11059
11060 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
11061 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
11062
11063 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
11064 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
11065 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
11066 file is already initialized.
11067
11068 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
11069 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
11070 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
11071 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
11072 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
11073 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
11074 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
11075 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
11076 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
11077
11078 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
11079 working directory for the process started in the container.
11080
11081 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
11082 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
11083 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
11084 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
11085 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
11086
11087 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
11088 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
11089 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
11090
11091 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
11092 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
11093 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
11094 sd_journal_restart_fields().
11095
11096 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
11097 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
11098 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
11099 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
11100 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
11101
11102 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
11103 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
11104 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
11105 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
11106
11107 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
11108 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
11109 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
11110 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
11111 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
11112 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
11113 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
11114 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
11115 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
11116 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
11117 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
11118 by PID 1.
11119
11120 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
11121 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
11122 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
11123 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
11124 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
11125 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
11126 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
11127 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
11128
11129 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
11130
11131 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
11132 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
11133 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
11134
11135 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
11136 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
11137 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
11138 recent kernels.
11139
11140 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
11141 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
11142
11143 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
11144 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
11145 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
11146 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
11147 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
11148 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
11149 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
11150 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
11151 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
11152 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
11153 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
11154 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
11155 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
11156
11157 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
11158 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
11159 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
11160 clusters or larger setups.
11161
11162 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
11163
11164 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
11165 sockets.
11166
11167 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
11168
11169 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
11170 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
11171 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
11172 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
11173 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
11174 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
11175
11176 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
11177 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
11178 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
11179
11180 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
11181 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
11182 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
11183 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
11184
11185 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
11186
11187 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
11188 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
11189 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
11190 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
11191 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
11192 maintain compatibility.
11193
11194 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
11195 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
11196 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
11197 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
11198 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
11199 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
11200 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
11201 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
11202 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
11203 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
11204 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
11205 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
11206 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
11207 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
11208 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
11209 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
11210 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11211 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
11212 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11213
11214 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
11215
11216 CHANGES WITH 228:
11217
11218 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
11219 files are now also available as properties to set when
11220 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
11221 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
11222 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
11223 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
11224 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
11225 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
11226 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
11227
11228 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
11229 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
11230 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
11231
11232 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
11233 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
11234 created transiently.
11235
11236 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
11237 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
11238 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
11239 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
11240 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
11241 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
11242 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
11243 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
11244
11245 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
11246 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
11247 disk and sync the files, before returning.
11248
11249 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
11250 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
11251 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
11252 enabled.
11253
11254 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
11255 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
11256 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
11257 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
11258 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
11259 subvolumes.
11260
11261 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
11262 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
11263
11264 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
11265 individual indexes.
11266
11267 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
11268 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
11269 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
11270 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
11271 now.
11272
11273 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
11274 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
11275 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
11276 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
11277 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
11278 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
11279 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
11280 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
11281 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
11282 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
11283 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
11284 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
11285 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
11286 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
11287 number of processes or tasks each user may own
11288 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
11289 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
11290 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
11291 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
11292 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
11293 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
11294
11295 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
11296 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
11297 links between the host and the container.
11298
11299 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
11300 added that allows importing select environment variables
11301 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
11302 the service.
11303
11304 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
11305 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
11306 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
11307 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
11308 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
11309 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
11310 than until they first elapse.
11311
11312 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
11313 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
11314 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
11315 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
11316 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
11317 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
11318 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
11319 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
11320
11321 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
11322 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
11323 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
11324 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
11325 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
11326 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
11327 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
11328 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
11329 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
11330 journal and in coredump handling.
11331
11332 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
11333 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
11334 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
11335 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
11336 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
11337 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
11338 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
11339 software you package still references it, as this is a
11340 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
11341 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
11342
11343 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
11344
11345 Note that only util-linux versions built with
11346 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
11347
11348 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
11349 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
11350 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
11351
11352 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
11353 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
11354 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
11355 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
11356 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
11357 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
11358 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
11359 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
11360 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
11361 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
11362 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
11363 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
11364 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
11365 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
11366 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
11367 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
11368
11369 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
11370 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
11371 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
11372 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
11373 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
11374 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
11375 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
11376 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
11377 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
11378 surprises.
11379
11380 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
11381 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
11382 to the various user database fields of the user that the
11383 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
11384 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
11385 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
11386 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
11387 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
11388 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
11389 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
11390 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
11391 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
11392 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
11393 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
11394 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
11395 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
11396 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
11397 of PID 1 is the root user).
11398
11399 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
11400 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
11401 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11402 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
11403 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
11404 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
11405 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
11406 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
11407 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
11408 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
11409 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
11410 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
11411 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11412 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
11413 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11414
11415 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
11416
11417 CHANGES WITH 227:
11418
11419 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
11420 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
11421 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
11422
11423 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
11424 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
11425 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
11426 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
11427 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
11428 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
11429
11430 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
11431 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
11432 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
11433 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
11434 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
11435
11436 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
11437 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
11438 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
11439 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
11440 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
11441 packets on unestablished sockets.
11442
11443 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
11444 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
11445 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
11446 automatically.
11447
11448 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
11449 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
11450 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
11451
11452 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
11453 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
11454 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
11455 for disk IO.
11456
11457 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
11458 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
11459 removed.
11460
11461 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
11462 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
11463 directory is set to the home directory of the user
11464 configured in User=.
11465
11466 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
11467 directory of the selected user by default.
11468
11469 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
11470 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
11471 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
11472 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
11473 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
11474 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
11475 compat reasons.
11476
11477 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
11478 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
11479 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
11480 units.
11481
11482 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
11483 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
11484 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
11485 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
11486 level.
11487
11488 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
11489 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
11490 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
11491 namespaces work correctly.
11492
11493 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
11494 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
11495 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
11496 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
11497 activation.
11498
11499 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
11500 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
11501 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
11502 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
11503 system instance in a container.
11504
11505 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
11506 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
11507 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
11508 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
11509 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
11510 connections.
11511
11512 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
11513 show the control groups within a certain container only.
11514
11515 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
11516 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
11517 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
11518 processes attached, or similar.
11519
11520 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
11521 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
11522 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
11523
11524 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
11525 specifiers like %i or %f.
11526
11527 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
11528 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
11529 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
11530 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
11531
11532 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
11533 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
11534 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
11535 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
11536 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
11537 descriptors using sd_notify().
11538
11539 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
11540
11541 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
11542 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
11543
11544 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
11545 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
11546
11547 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
11548 .network files.
11549
11550 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
11551 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
11552 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
11553 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
11554 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
11555 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
11556 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
11557 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
11558 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
11559 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
11560 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
11561 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
11562 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
11563 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
11564 gdm-autologin is used.
11565
11566 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
11567 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
11568 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
11569 next to the image file.
11570
11571 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
11572 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
11573 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
11574 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
11575
11576 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
11577 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
11578 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
11579 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
11580 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
11581 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
11582
11583 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
11584 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
11585 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
11586 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
11587 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
11588 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
11589 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
11590 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
11591 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
11592 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
11593 number of files in place.
11594
11595 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
11596 on kernels where that is supported.
11597
11598 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
11599
11600 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
11601 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
11602 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
11603 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11604 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
11605 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
11606 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
11607 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
11608 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
11609 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
11610 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
11611 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
11612 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
11613 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
11614 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
11615 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11616 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
11617 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
11618
11619 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
11620
11621 CHANGES WITH 226:
11622
11623 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
11624 new features:
11625
11626 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
11627 information. It may be enabled and configured via
11628 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
11629 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
11630 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
11631 is any) is propagated.
11632
11633 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
11634 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
11635 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
11636 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
11637 information is enabled between host and containers by
11638 default now: the container will change its local timezone
11639 to what the host has set.
11640
11641 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
11642 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
11643
11644 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
11645 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
11646 information back, even if the server loses state.
11647
11648 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
11649 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
11650 PoolSize=.
11651
11652 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
11653 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
11654 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
11655 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
11656
11657 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
11658 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
11659 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
11660 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
11661 'dbus-daemon' systems.
11662
11663 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
11664 for virtio devices.
11665
11666 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
11667 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
11668 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
11669 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
11670 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
11671 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
11672 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
11673 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
11674 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
11675 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
11676 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
11677 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
11678 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
11679 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
11680 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
11681 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
11682 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
11683 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
11684 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
11685 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
11686 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
11687 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
11688 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
11689 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
11690 grants them.
11691
11692 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
11693 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
11694 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
11695 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
11696 group tree.
11697
11698 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
11699 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
11700 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
11701 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
11702 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
11703 work correctly in containers now.
11704
11705 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
11706 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
11707
11708 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
11709 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
11710 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
11711 function call is particularly useful when implementing
11712 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
11713
11714 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
11715 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
11716 signal events.
11717
11718 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
11719 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
11720 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
11721 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
11722
11723 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
11724 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
11725 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
11726 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
11727 nspawn command line.
11728
11729 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
11730 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
11731 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
11732 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
11733 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
11734 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
11735 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11736 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
11737
11738 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
11739
11740 CHANGES WITH 225:
11741
11742 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
11743 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
11744 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
11745 shell directly without prompting for username or
11746 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
11747 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
11748 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
11749 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
11750 the originating session.
11751
11752 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
11753 options and allows other programs to query the values.
11754
11755 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
11756 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
11757 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
11758 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
11759 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
11760 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
11761 probably not stabilize on this release.
11762
11763 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
11764 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
11765 messages.
11766
11767 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
11768 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
11769 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
11770
11771 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
11772 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
11773
11774 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
11775 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
11776 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
11777 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
11778 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
11779 posteriori.
11780
11781 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
11782 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
11783
11784 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
11785 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
11786 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
11787 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
11788 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
11789 "lastlog" tools.
11790
11791 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
11792 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
11793 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
11794 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
11795 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
11796
11797 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
11798 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
11799 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
11800 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11801 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
11802 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
11803 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
11804 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
11805 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
11806 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
11807 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
11808 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11809
11810 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
11811
11812 CHANGES WITH 224:
11813
11814 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
11815 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
11816
11817 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
11818 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
11819 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
11820
11821 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
11822 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11823 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
11824
11825 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11826
11827 CHANGES WITH 223:
11828
11829 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
11830 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
11831 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
11832 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11833
11834 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
11835 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
11836
11837 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
11838 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
11839
11840 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
11841
11842 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
11843 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
11844 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
11845
11846 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
11847 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
11848 decapsulated packet.
11849
11850 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
11851 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
11852 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
11853 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
11854 netlink attribute.
11855
11856 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
11857 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
11858 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
11859 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
11860
11861 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
11862 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
11863 according to RFC2460.
11864
11865 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
11866 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
11867
11868 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
11869 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
11870 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
11871
11872 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
11873 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
11874 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
11875 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
11876 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
11877 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
11878
11879 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
11880 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
11881 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
11882 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11883 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
11884 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
11885 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
11886 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
11887 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
11888 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11889
11890 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
11891
11892 CHANGES WITH 222:
11893
11894 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
11895 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
11896 or should be used to work around such bugs.
11897
11898 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
11899 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
11900
11901 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
11902 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
11903 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
11904 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
11905 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
11906
11907 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
11908 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
11909 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
11910
11911 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
11912 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
11913 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
11914 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
11915 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
11916
11917 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11918
11919 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
11920 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
11921 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
11922 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
11923 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
11924 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11925 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
11926 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
11927 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
11928 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11929
11930 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
11931
11932 CHANGES WITH 221:
11933
11934 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
11935 stable and have been added to the official interface of
11936 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
11937 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
11938 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
11939 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
11940 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
11941 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
11942 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
11943 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
11944 portable to other kernels.
11945
11946 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
11947 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
11948 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
11949 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
11950 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
11951 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
11952 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
11953 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
11954 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
11955 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
11956 systemd enabled.
11957
11958 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
11959 2.26.
11960
11961 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
11962 favor of calling an abstraction tool
11963 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
11964 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
11965 in README for details.
11966
11967 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
11968 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
11969 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
11970 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
11971 unit.
11972
11973 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
11974 into man pages.
11975
11976 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
11977 external project.
11978
11979 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
11980 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
11981
11982 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
11983 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
11984 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
11985 state.
11986
11987 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
11988 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
11989 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
11990
11991 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
11992 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
11993 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
11994 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
11995 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
11996 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
11997 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
11998 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
11999 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
12000 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
12001 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
12002 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
12003 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
12004 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12005 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
12006 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12007
12008 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
12009
12010 CHANGES WITH 220:
12011
12012 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
12013 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
12014 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
12015 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
12016 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
12017 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
12018 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
12019 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
12020
12021 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
12022 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
12023 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
12024 service consumed). This value is only available if
12025 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
12026 in the "systemctl status" output.
12027
12028 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
12029 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
12030 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
12031 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
12032 previously was already the default behaviour).
12033
12034 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
12035 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
12036 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
12037
12038 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
12039 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
12040 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
12041 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
12042
12043 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
12044 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
12045 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
12046 journaling file systems that support external journal
12047 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
12048 systems to be mounted.
12049
12050 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
12051 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
12052 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
12053 stable release this should not be problematic.
12054
12055 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
12056 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
12057 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
12058 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
12059 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
12060
12061 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
12062 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
12063 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
12064 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
12065 network switches.
12066
12067 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
12068 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
12069
12070 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
12071 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
12072 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
12073
12074 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
12075
12076 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
12077 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
12078 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
12079 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
12080 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
12081 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
12082 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
12083 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
12084 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
12085 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
12086 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
12087 been fixed in v220.
12088
12089 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
12090 systemd-networkd.
12091
12092 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
12093 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
12094 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
12095 containers started from the command line.
12096
12097 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
12098 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
12099
12100 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
12101 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
12102 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
12103 indirection via a pseudo tty.
12104
12105 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
12106 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
12107 when shutting down.
12108
12109 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
12110 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
12111 overlayfs support.
12112
12113 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
12114 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
12115 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
12116 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
12117 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
12118 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
12119 images are imported via systemd-importd.
12120
12121 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
12122 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
12123 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
12124
12125 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
12126 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
12127 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
12128 of v1 as before).
12129
12130 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
12131 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
12132
12133 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
12134 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
12135 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
12136 without further privileges or authorization.
12137
12138 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
12139 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
12140 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
12141 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
12142 accessible via a bus interface.
12143
12144 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
12145 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
12146 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
12147 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
12148 to cover this functionality.
12149
12150 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
12151 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
12152 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
12153 disabled/masked also stopped.
12154
12155 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
12156 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
12157 updated to support systemd-boot.
12158
12159 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
12160 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
12161 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
12162 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
12163 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
12164 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
12165 like this and can extract OS release information from them
12166 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
12167 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
12168
12169 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
12170 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
12171 system.
12172
12173 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
12174 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
12175 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
12176 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
12177
12178 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
12179 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
12180 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
12181 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
12182
12183 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
12184 stick devices has been added.
12185
12186 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
12187 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
12188
12189 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
12190 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
12191 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
12192 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
12193 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
12194
12195 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
12196 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
12197 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
12198
12199 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
12200 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
12201 Debian.
12202
12203 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
12204 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
12205 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
12206
12207 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
12208 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
12209 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
12210 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
12211 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
12212 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
12213 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
12214 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
12215 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
12216 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
12217 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
12218 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
12219 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
12220 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
12221 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
12222 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
12223 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
12224 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12225 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
12226 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
12227 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
12228 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
12229 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
12230 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
12231 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
12232 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
12233 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12234
12235 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
12236
12237 CHANGES WITH 219:
12238
12239 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
12240 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
12241 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
12242 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
12243 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
12244 interface with and update the database.
12245
12246 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
12247 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
12248 before bytewise copying is done.
12249
12250 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
12251 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
12252 directory, and immediately removed when the container
12253 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
12254 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
12255 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
12256 for starting a container off the root file system of the
12257 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
12258 available on btrfs file systems.
12259
12260 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
12261 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
12262 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
12263 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
12264 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
12265 systems.
12266
12267 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
12268 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
12269 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
12270 mount point remains.
12271
12272 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
12273 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
12274 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
12275 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
12276 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
12277 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
12278 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
12279 are disabled.
12280
12281 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
12282 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
12283 container to the host or vice versa.
12284
12285 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
12286 mount host directories into local containers. This is
12287 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
12288
12289 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
12290 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
12291
12292 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
12293 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
12294 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
12295 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
12296 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
12297 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
12298 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
12299 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
12300 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
12301 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
12302 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
12303 make the functionality of importd available to the
12304 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
12305 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
12306 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
12307 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
12308 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
12309 only fully supported on btrfs.
12310
12311 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
12312 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
12313 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
12314 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
12315 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
12316 information about images.
12317
12318 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
12319 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
12320 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
12321 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
12322 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
12323 legacy file systems).
12324
12325 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
12326 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
12327 shown in networkctl output.
12328
12329 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
12330 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
12331 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
12332 processes as system services while interactively
12333 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
12334 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
12335 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
12336 full login session, the difference being that the former
12337 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
12338 setup.
12339
12340 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
12341 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
12342 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
12343 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
12344 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
12345
12346 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
12347 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
12348 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
12349 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
12350 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
12351 via qemu/kvm.
12352
12353 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
12354 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
12355 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
12356 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
12357 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
12358 disk images, too.
12359
12360 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
12361 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
12362 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
12363 integrate with that.
12364
12365 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
12366 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
12367 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
12368 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
12369
12370 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
12371 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
12372 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
12373
12374 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
12375 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
12376 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
12377 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
12378 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
12379 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
12380 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
12381 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
12382 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
12383 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
12384
12385 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
12386 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
12387 files.
12388
12389 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
12390 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
12391 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
12392 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
12393 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
12394 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
12395 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
12396 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
12397 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
12398 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
12399 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
12400 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
12401 explicitly turned on.
12402
12403 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
12404 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
12405 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
12406 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
12407
12408 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
12409 supported.
12410
12411 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
12412 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
12413 user/session following the status output. Similar,
12414 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
12415 associated with a virtual machine or container
12416 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
12417 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
12418 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
12419 output however.)
12420
12421 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
12422 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
12423 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
12424 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
12425 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
12426 caller's session/user.
12427
12428 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
12429 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
12430 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
12431 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
12432 user services.
12433
12434 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
12435 same way as unit files.
12436
12437 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
12438 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
12439 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
12440 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
12441 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
12442 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
12443 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
12444 the host.
12445
12446 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
12447 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
12448 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
12449 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
12450 the host as if their services were running directly on the
12451 host.
12452
12453 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
12454 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
12455 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
12456 updated to make use of it too by default.
12457
12458 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
12459 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
12460 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
12461 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
12462
12463 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
12464 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
12465 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
12466 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
12467 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
12468 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
12469 modification.
12470
12471 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
12472 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
12473 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
12474 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
12475 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
12476 information about Touchpad types.
12477
12478 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
12479 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
12480
12481 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
12482 Policy link field.
12483
12484 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
12485 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
12486
12487 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
12488 ACLs on files.
12489
12490 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
12491 tmpfs, automatically.
12492
12493 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
12494 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
12495 status" output, if available.
12496
12497 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
12498 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
12499 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
12500 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
12501 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
12502 run on next reboot.
12503
12504 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
12505 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
12506 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
12507 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
12508 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
12509 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
12510 ejected or a USB stick is yanked from the system.
12511
12512 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
12513 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
12514 after a configurable timeout.
12515
12516 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
12517 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
12518 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
12519 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
12520 it non-idle.
12521
12522 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
12523 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
12524
12525 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
12526 each .network interface in networkd.
12527
12528 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
12529 in .network files.
12530
12531 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
12532 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
12533
12534 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
12535 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
12536 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
12537 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
12538 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
12539 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
12540 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
12541 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
12542 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
12543 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
12544 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
12545 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12546 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
12547 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
12548 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
12549 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
12550 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
12551 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
12552 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
12553 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
12554 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
12555 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
12556 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
12557 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12558
12559 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
12560
12561 CHANGES WITH 218:
12562
12563 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
12564 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
12565 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
12566 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
12567
12568 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
12569 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
12570 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
12571 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
12572 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
12573
12574 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
12575
12576 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
12577 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
12578 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
12579 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
12580 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
12581 modified configuration after editing.
12582
12583 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
12584 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
12585 system preset files.
12586
12587 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
12588 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
12589 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
12590 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
12591 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
12592 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
12593 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
12594 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
12595 other contexts.
12596
12597 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
12598 inhibitors.
12599
12600 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
12601 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
12602 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
12603 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
12604 managers.
12605
12606 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
12607 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
12608 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
12609 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
12610 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
12611 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
12612 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
12613 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
12614 parallel to journald.
12615
12616 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
12617 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
12618 available.
12619
12620 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
12621 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
12622 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
12623 or are not older than the specified time.
12624
12625 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
12626 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
12627 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
12628 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
12629
12630 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
12631 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
12632 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
12633 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
12634 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
12635 communication.
12636
12637 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
12638 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
12639 services.
12640
12641 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
12642 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
12643 including their signature and values. This is particularly
12644 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
12645 the new "busctl tree" command.
12646
12647 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
12648 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
12649 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
12650 friendly way.
12651
12652 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
12653 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
12654 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
12655 race-ful way.
12656
12657 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
12658 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
12659 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
12660 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
12661 --link-journal=try-guest.
12662
12663 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
12664 stable MAC addresses.
12665
12666 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
12667 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
12668 the respective unit shall use.
12669
12670 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
12671 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
12672 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
12673 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
12674
12675 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
12676 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
12677 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
12678 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
12679 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
12680 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
12681
12682 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
12683 details see:
12684
12685 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
12686
12687 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
12688 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
12689 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
12690 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
12691 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
12692 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
12693 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
12694 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
12695 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
12696 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
12697 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
12698 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
12699
12700 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
12701 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
12702 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
12703 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
12704 bluetooth, …) is used.
12705
12706 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
12707 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
12708 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
12709 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
12710 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
12711 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
12712 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
12713 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
12714
12715 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
12716 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
12717 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
12718 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
12719 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
12720 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
12721 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
12722 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
12723 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
12724 interface.
12725
12726 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
12727 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
12728 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
12729 luks.name= argument.
12730
12731 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
12732 (this was previously already available for scope and service
12733 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
12734 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
12735 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
12736 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
12737
12738 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
12739 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
12740 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
12741
12742 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
12743 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
12744 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
12745 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
12746 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
12747 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
12748 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
12749 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12750 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
12751 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
12752 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
12753 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
12754 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
12755 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
12756 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
12757 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
12758 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
12759 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12760
12761 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
12762
12763 CHANGES WITH 217:
12764
12765 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
12766 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
12767 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
12768 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
12769
12770 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
12771 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
12772 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
12773 now waits until the operation is complete.
12774
12775 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
12776 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
12777 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
12778 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
12779 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
12780 connection.
12781
12782 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
12783 commands anymore.
12784
12785 * User units are now loaded also from
12786 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
12787 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
12788 supported, but is under the control of the user.
12789
12790 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
12791 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
12792 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
12793 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
12794 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
12795 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
12796 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
12797 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
12798 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
12799 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
12800 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
12801 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
12802 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
12803 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
12804 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
12805 question.
12806
12807 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
12808 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
12809 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
12810
12811 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
12812 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
12813 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
12814 command line to trigger resume.
12815
12816 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
12817 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
12818 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
12819 Desktop=systemd-console.
12820
12821 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
12822 systemd-networkd.
12823
12824 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
12825 from the information provided by the networking stack
12826 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
12827
12828 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
12829 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
12830
12831 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
12832 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
12833 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
12834
12835 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
12836
12837 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
12838 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
12839 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
12840 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
12841 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
12842 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
12843
12844 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
12845 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
12846 respected.
12847
12848 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
12849 virtualization.
12850
12851 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
12852 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
12853 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
12854 on.
12855
12856 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
12857
12858 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
12859
12860 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
12861 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
12862 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
12863 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
12864 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
12865 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
12866 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
12867
12868 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
12869 available for service units, that allows locking all service
12870 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
12871 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
12872 from the service's view entirely.
12873
12874 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
12875 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
12876
12877 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
12878 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
12879 session.
12880
12881 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
12882 legacy-free systems.
12883
12884 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
12885 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
12886 easily.
12887
12888 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
12889 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
12890 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
12891 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
12892 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
12893 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
12894 option.
12895
12896 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
12897 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
12898 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
12899 /usr.
12900
12901 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
12902 services, not only the main process.
12903
12904 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
12905 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
12906 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
12907 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
12908 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
12909
12910 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
12911 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
12912 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
12913 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
12914 directly from now on, again.
12915
12916 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
12917 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
12918 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
12919 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
12920 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
12921 enabling and disabling.
12922
12923 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
12924 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
12925 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
12926 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
12927 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
12928 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
12929 unnecessary or unlikely.
12930
12931 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
12932 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
12933 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
12934 "annually", "hourly", …).
12935
12936 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
12937 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
12938 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
12939 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
12940 overwritten at runtime.
12941
12942 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
12943 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
12944 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
12945 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
12946 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
12947 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
12948 segmentation fault.
12949
12950 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
12951 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
12952 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
12953 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
12954 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
12955 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
12956 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
12957 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
12958 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
12959 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
12960 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
12961 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
12962 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
12963 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
12964 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
12965 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
12966 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
12967 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
12968 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12969 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12970 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
12971 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12972
12973 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
12974
12975 CHANGES WITH 216:
12976
12977 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
12978 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
12979 implementations should add a
12980
12981 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
12982
12983 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
12984 default functionality.
12985
12986 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
12987 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
12988 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
12989 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
12990 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
12991 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
12992 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
12993 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
12994 files might need to be owned by them. A new
12995 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
12996 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
12997 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
12998 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
12999
13000 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
13001 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
13002 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
13003 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
13004 added eventually, too.
13005
13006 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
13007 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
13008 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
13009 new command to update these fields.
13010
13011 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
13012 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
13013 have been discovered via DHCP.
13014
13015 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
13016 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
13017 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
13018 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
13019 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
13020 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
13021 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
13022 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
13023 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
13024 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
13025 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
13026 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
13027 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
13028 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
13029 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
13030 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
13031 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
13032 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
13033 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
13034 implementation to systemd-resolved.
13035
13036 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
13037 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
13038 containers to their respective IP addresses.
13039
13040 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
13041 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
13042 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
13043 and present it to the user in a very friendly
13044 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
13045 control utility for networkd.
13046
13047 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
13048 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
13049 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
13050 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
13051 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
13052 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
13053 (NoDelay=).
13054
13055 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
13056 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
13057
13058 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
13059 be started only after time-sync.target has been
13060 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
13061 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
13062 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
13063 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
13064
13065 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
13066 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
13067 of the link.
13068
13069 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
13070 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
13071
13072 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
13073 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
13074
13075 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
13076 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
13077 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
13078 for DHCP.
13079
13080 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
13081 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
13082 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
13083 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
13084 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
13085 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
13086 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
13087 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
13088
13089 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
13090 validation of unit files.
13091
13092 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
13093 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
13094 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
13095 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
13096 address may now be configured.
13097
13098 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
13099 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
13100 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
13101 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
13102
13103 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
13104 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
13105
13106 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
13107 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
13108 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
13109 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
13110
13111 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
13112 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
13113 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
13114 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
13115 implementation.
13116
13117 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
13118 journal data to a remote system running
13119 systemd-journal-remote.
13120
13121 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
13122 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
13123 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
13124 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
13125 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
13126 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
13127 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
13128 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
13129 version, you have to turn this option on again
13130 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
13131
13132 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
13133 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
13134 better than XZ which was the previous default.
13135
13136 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
13137 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
13138
13139 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
13140 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
13141
13142 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
13143 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
13144 "systemctl status" output for a service.
13145
13146 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
13147 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
13148 hostname, root password) interactively on first
13149 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
13150 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
13151
13152 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
13153
13154 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
13155
13156 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
13157 when primary addresses are removed.
13158
13159 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
13160 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
13161 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
13162 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
13163 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
13164 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
13165 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13166 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
13167 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
13168 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
13169 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
13170 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
13171 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
13172 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
13173 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13174
13175 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
13176
13177 CHANGES WITH 215:
13178
13179 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
13180 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
13181 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
13182 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
13183 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
13184 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
13185 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
13186 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
13187 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
13188 require.
13189
13190 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
13191 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
13192
13193 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
13194 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
13195 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
13196 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
13197 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
13198 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
13199 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
13200
13201 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
13202 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
13203 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
13204 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
13205 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
13206 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
13207 update or reset should use this condition and order
13208 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
13209 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
13210 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
13211 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
13212 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
13213 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
13214 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
13215 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
13216 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
13217
13218 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
13219
13220 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
13221 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
13222 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
13223 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
13224
13225 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
13226 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
13227 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
13228 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
13229 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
13230 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
13231 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
13232 .network files using settings of this section should be
13233 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
13234 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
13235
13236 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
13237 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
13238
13239 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
13240 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
13241 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
13242 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
13243 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
13244 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
13245 of nspawn instances.
13246
13247 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
13248 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
13249 added.
13250
13251 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
13252 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
13253 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
13254 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
13255 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
13256 configuration stored in /etc.
13257
13258 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
13259 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
13260 parsing of unknown mount options.
13261
13262 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
13263 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
13264 it already exist and not already be the correct
13265 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
13266 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
13267 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
13268 pre-existing files of different types.
13269
13270 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
13271 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
13272 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
13273 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
13274 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
13275 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
13276 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
13277
13278 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
13279 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
13280 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
13281 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
13282 shall be executed.
13283
13284 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
13285 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
13286 example whether it is fully up and running.
13287
13288 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
13289 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
13290 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
13291 reset.
13292
13293 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
13294 most basic services systemd ships by default.
13295
13296 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
13297 field for defining the default instance to create if a
13298 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
13299
13300 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
13301 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
13302 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
13303
13304 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
13305 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
13306 access to this group.
13307
13308 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
13309 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
13310 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
13311 to the journal.
13312
13313 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
13314 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
13315 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
13316 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
13317 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
13318 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
13319
13320 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
13321 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
13322 that makes sure to only show information about the most
13323 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
13324 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
13325 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
13326 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
13327 the old name to the new name.
13328
13329 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
13330 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
13331 coredumpctl without restrictions.
13332
13333 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
13334 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
13335 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
13336 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
13337 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
13338 "systemd-debug-generator".
13339
13340 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
13341 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
13342 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
13343 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
13344 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
13345 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
13346 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
13347 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
13348 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
13349 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
13350 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
13351
13352 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
13353 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
13354 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
13355 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
13356 been added to query many of these paths for the local
13357 machine and user.
13358
13359 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
13360 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
13361 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
13362 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
13363 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
13364
13365 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
13366 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
13367 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
13368 couple of drop-in directories.
13369
13370 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
13371 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
13372 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
13373 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
13374 for dev_port.
13375
13376 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
13377 container (read from /etc/os-release and
13378 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
13379 "machinectl status" for a machine.
13380
13381 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
13382 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
13383 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
13384 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
13385 Restart= setting.
13386
13387 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
13388 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
13389 directly connect to a specific container on the
13390 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
13391 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
13392 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
13393 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
13394 containers is a privileged operation.
13395
13396 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
13397 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
13398 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
13399 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
13400 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13401 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
13402 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
13403 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
13404 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
13405 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
13406 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
13407 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13408
13409 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
13410
13411 CHANGES WITH 214:
13412
13413 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
13414 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
13415 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
13416 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
13417 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
13418 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
13419 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
13420 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
13421 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
13422 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
13423 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
13424 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
13425 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
13426 devices are excluded from this logic.
13427
13428 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
13429 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
13430 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
13431 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
13432 change has been released.
13433
13434 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
13435 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
13436 libattr is thus unnecessary.
13437
13438 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
13439 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
13440 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
13441 with fewer privileges.
13442
13443 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
13444 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
13445 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
13446 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
13447
13448 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
13449 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
13450
13451 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
13452 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
13453
13454 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
13455 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
13456 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
13457
13458 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
13459 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
13460 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
13461 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
13462 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
13463 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
13464
13465 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
13466 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
13467 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
13468
13469 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
13470 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
13471 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
13472 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
13473 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
13474 modifications of user data or system files from
13475 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
13476 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
13477
13478 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
13479 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
13480 and FIFOs in the file system.
13481
13482 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
13483 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
13484 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
13485
13486 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
13487 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
13488 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
13489 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
13490 the socket itself.
13491
13492 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
13493 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
13494 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
13495 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
13496 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
13497 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
13498 symlinks, and nothing else.
13499
13500 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
13501 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
13502 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
13503 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
13504 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
13505 process (for example, the parent process). The
13506 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
13507 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
13508 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
13509 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
13510 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
13511 messages to services when the originating process already
13512 vanished.
13513
13514 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
13515 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
13516 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
13517 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
13518 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
13519 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
13520 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
13521 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
13522 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
13523 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
13524 all long-running services.
13525
13526 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
13527 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
13528 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
13529 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
13530 service.
13531
13532 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
13533 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
13534 applied to all submounts, too.
13535
13536 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
13537
13538 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
13539 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
13540 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
13541 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
13542 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
13543 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
13544 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
13545
13546 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
13547 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
13548 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
13549 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
13550 (domU) domains.
13551
13552 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
13553 files or entire directories.
13554
13555 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
13556 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
13557 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
13558 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
13559 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
13560
13561 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
13562 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
13563 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
13564 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
13565 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
13566 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
13567 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
13568 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
13569 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
13570 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
13571 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
13572 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
13573
13574 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
13575 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
13576 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
13577 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
13578
13579 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
13580 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
13581 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
13582 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
13583 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
13584 non-directories.
13585
13586 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
13587 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
13588 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
13589
13590 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
13591 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
13592 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
13593 this group.
13594
13595 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
13596 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
13597 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
13598 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
13599 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13600 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
13601 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13602
13603 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
13604
13605 CHANGES WITH 213:
13606
13607 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
13608 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
13609 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
13610 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
13611 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
13612 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
13613 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
13614 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
13615 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
13616 client should be more than appropriate for most
13617 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
13618 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
13619 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
13620 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
13621 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
13622 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
13623 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
13624 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
13625 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
13626 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
13627 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
13628
13629 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
13630 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
13631 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
13632 part of a different namespace.
13633
13634 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
13635 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
13636 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
13637 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
13638
13639 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
13640 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
13641 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
13642
13643 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
13644 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
13645 when a service fails. This works similarly to
13646 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
13647 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
13648 restart the service in question.
13649
13650 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
13651 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
13652 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
13653 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
13654 details when running non-locally.
13655
13656 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
13657 graphs it generates.
13658
13659 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
13660 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
13661 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
13662 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
13663 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
13664
13665 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
13666
13667 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
13668 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
13669 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
13670 what it was on SysV systems.
13671
13672 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
13673 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
13674
13675 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
13676 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
13677 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
13678
13679 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
13680 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
13681 to show these addresses in its output.
13682
13683 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
13684 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
13685 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
13686 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
13687 preferred over a text one.
13688
13689 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
13690 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
13691 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
13692 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
13693 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
13694 mDNS cache.
13695
13696 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
13697 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
13698 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
13699 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
13700 of network configuration performed in some other way.
13701
13702 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
13703 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
13704 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
13705 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
13706 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
13707
13708 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
13709 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
13710 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
13711 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
13712 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
13713 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
13714 overrides any other settings.
13715
13716 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
13717 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13718 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
13719 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
13720 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
13721 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
13722 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
13723 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
13724 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13725 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
13726 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
13727 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
13728 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
13729 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
13730 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
13731 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
13732 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13733
13734 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
13735
13736 CHANGES WITH 212:
13737
13738 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
13739 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
13740 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
13741 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
13742 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
13743 by accident.
13744
13745 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
13746 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
13747 registered with machined.
13748
13749 * sd-login gained new calls
13750 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
13751 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
13752 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
13753 counterparts.
13754
13755 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
13756 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
13757 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
13758 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
13759 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
13760 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
13761 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
13762 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
13763 once.
13764
13765 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
13766 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
13767 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
13768
13769 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
13770 units on all local containers, when used with the
13771 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
13772 executed when no parameters are specified).
13773
13774 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
13775 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
13776 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
13777 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
13778
13779 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
13780 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
13781 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
13782 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
13783 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
13784 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
13785
13786 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
13787 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
13788 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
13789 of the container.
13790
13791 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
13792 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
13793 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
13794 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
13795 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
13796 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
13797 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
13798 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
13799
13800 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
13801 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
13802 instead of /.
13803
13804 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
13805 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
13806 emergency messages now.
13807
13808 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
13809 journal log messages across the network.
13810
13811 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
13812 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
13813 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
13814 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
13815 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
13816 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
13817 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
13818
13819 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
13820 down a local OS container.
13821
13822 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
13823 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
13824 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
13825
13826 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
13827 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
13828 this is appropriate.
13829
13830 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
13831 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
13832 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
13833
13834 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
13835 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
13836 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
13837 for debugging purposes.
13838
13839 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
13840 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
13841 in seconds.
13842
13843 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
13844 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
13845 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
13846 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
13847 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
13848 like on traditional inetd.
13849
13850 * A new system.conf configuration option
13851 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
13852 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
13853
13854 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
13855 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
13856 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
13857 do these days).
13858
13859 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
13860 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
13861 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
13862 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
13863 could not take place because the system was powered off.
13864 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
13865
13866 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
13867 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
13868 it will be triggered.
13869
13870 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
13871 addresses to its local interfaces.
13872
13873 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
13874 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
13875 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
13876 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
13877 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
13878 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
13879 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
13880 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
13881 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13882
13883 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
13884
13885 CHANGES WITH 211:
13886
13887 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
13888 added to restrict which socket address families unit
13889 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
13890 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
13891 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
13892 is built on seccomp system call filters.
13893
13894 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
13895 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
13896 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
13897 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
13898 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
13899 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
13900 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
13901 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
13902 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
13903
13904 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
13905 matching against device group names.
13906
13907 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
13908 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
13909 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
13910 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
13911 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
13912 though.
13913
13914 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
13915 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
13916 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
13917 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
13918 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
13919 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
13920 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
13921 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
13922 systems prepared appropriately.
13923
13924 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
13925 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
13926 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
13927 (see above). This means that installations made with
13928 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
13929 deployed using container managers, completely
13930 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
13931 this feature soon, too.)
13932
13933 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
13934 set up a private macvlan interface for the
13935 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
13936 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
13937
13938 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
13939 using IPv4LL.
13940
13941 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
13942 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
13943 systemd-networkd.
13944
13945 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
13946 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
13947 still not a public API though (unless you specify
13948 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
13949 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
13950
13951 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
13952 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
13953 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
13954 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
13955 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
13956 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
13957 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
13958 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
13959 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
13960 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
13961 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
13962 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
13963 users.
13964
13965 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
13966 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
13967 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
13968 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
13969 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
13970 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
13971 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
13972 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
13973 due to a closed lid.
13974
13975 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
13976 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
13977 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
13978 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
13979 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
13980 order to then act as suspend blocker.
13981
13982 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
13983 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
13984 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
13985 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
13986 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
13987
13988 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
13989 now also work in --scope mode.
13990
13991 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
13992 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
13993 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
13994 promises are made.)
13995
13996 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
13997 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
13998 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
13999 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
14000 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
14001 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
14002 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
14003 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
14004 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
14005 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14006
14007 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
14008
14009 CHANGES WITH 210:
14010
14011 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
14012 according to SMACK rules.
14013
14014 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
14015 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
14016
14017 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
14018 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
14019 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
14020
14021 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
14022 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
14023 and machine ID.
14024
14025 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
14026 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
14027 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
14028 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
14029 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
14030 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
14031 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
14032 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
14033 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
14034 backpack or similar.
14035
14036 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
14037 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
14038 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
14039 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
14040 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
14041 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
14042 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
14043 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
14044 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
14045 this on its own.
14046
14047 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
14048 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
14049 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
14050 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
14051
14052 * We will now ship a default .network file for
14053 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
14054 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
14055 --network-bridge= switches.
14056
14057 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
14058 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
14059 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
14060 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
14061 metrics, according to what is customary according to
14062 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
14063 each configuration option.
14064
14065 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
14066 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
14067 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
14068 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
14069 at once.
14070
14071 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
14072 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
14073 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
14074 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
14075 triggered by other work being done in the program.
14076
14077 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
14078 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
14079 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
14080 default however.
14081
14082 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
14083 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
14084 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
14085 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
14086 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
14087 them with systemd-networkd.
14088
14089 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
14090 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
14091 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
14092 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
14093 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
14094 is drastically increased, but given that these are
14095 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
14096 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
14097 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
14098 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
14099 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
14100 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
14101 during a transitional period!
14102
14103 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
14104 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
14105
14106 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
14107 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
14108 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
14109 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
14110 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
14111 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
14112 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
14113 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14114
14115 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
14116
14117 CHANGES WITH 209:
14118
14119 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
14120 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
14121 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
14122 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
14123 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
14124 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
14125 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
14126 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
14127 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
14128 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
14129 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
14130 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
14131
14132 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
14133 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
14134 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
14135 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
14136 machines and the like.
14137
14138 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
14139 shutdown/boot.
14140
14141 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
14142 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
14143
14144 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
14145 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
14146 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
14147 prepared for additional security frameworks.
14148
14149 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
14150 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
14151 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
14152 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
14153 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
14154 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
14155
14156 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
14157 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
14158 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
14159 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
14160 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
14161 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
14162 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
14163 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
14164 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
14165
14166 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
14167 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
14168
14169 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
14170 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
14171 implementation.
14172
14173 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
14174 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
14175 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
14176 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
14177 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
14178 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
14179 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
14180 and .service units.
14181
14182 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
14183 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
14184 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
14185
14186 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
14187 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
14188 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
14189 nothing makes use of it.
14190
14191 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
14192 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
14193 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
14194
14195 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
14196 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
14197 compatibility purposes.
14198
14199 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
14200 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
14201 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
14202 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
14203 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
14204 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
14205 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
14206 process handling.
14207
14208 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
14209 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
14210 style to "sd-bus.h".
14211
14212 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
14213 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
14214 "systemd-networkd".
14215
14216 * There is a new kernel command line option
14217 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
14218 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
14219 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
14220 are not restored.
14221
14222 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
14223 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
14224 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
14225 PID1's support for that anymore.
14226
14227 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
14228 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
14229
14230 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
14231 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
14232 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
14233 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
14234 container that is registered with machined, such as those
14235 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
14236
14237 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
14238 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
14239 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
14240 onto remote systems.
14241
14242 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
14243 login in any local container. This works with any container
14244 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
14245 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
14246
14247 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
14248 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
14249 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
14250 system of some kind.
14251
14252 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
14253 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
14254 next.
14255
14256 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
14257 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
14258 reboot() system call.
14259
14260 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
14261 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
14262 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
14263 still available but not advertised anymore.
14264
14265 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
14266 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
14267 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
14268 within each Unit.
14269
14270 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
14271 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
14272 the kernel).
14273
14274 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
14275 timestamps (following the setting in
14276 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
14277
14278 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
14279 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
14280
14281 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
14282 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
14283
14284 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
14285 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
14286 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
14287
14288 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
14289 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
14290 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
14291 the full configuration is shown.
14292
14293 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
14294 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
14295 those commands which take multiple unit names.
14296
14297 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
14298
14299 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
14300 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
14301
14302 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
14303 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
14304 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
14305 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
14306
14307 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
14308 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
14309 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
14310 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
14311
14312 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
14313 of the legend text.
14314
14315 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
14316 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
14317 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
14318 remote sessions.
14319
14320 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
14321 information of SDIO devices.
14322
14323 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
14324 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
14325 the system manager.
14326
14327 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
14328 short description of the connection parameters in the
14329 description.
14330
14331 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
14332 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
14333 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
14334 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
14335 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
14336 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
14337 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
14338
14339 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
14340 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
14341 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
14342 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
14343 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
14344 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
14345 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
14346 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
14347 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
14348
14349 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
14350 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
14351 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
14352 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
14353 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
14354 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
14355 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
14356 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
14357 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
14358 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
14359 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
14360 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
14361 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
14362 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
14363 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
14364 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
14365 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
14366 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
14367 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
14368 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
14369 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
14370 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
14371 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
14372
14373 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
14374 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
14375 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
14376 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
14377 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
14378 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
14379 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
14380 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
14381 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
14382 that you are aware of the instability of the current
14383 APIs.
14384
14385 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
14386 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
14387 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
14388 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
14389 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
14390 declare the APIs stable.
14391
14392 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
14393 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
14394 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
14395 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
14396 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
14397 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
14398 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
14399 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
14400 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
14401 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
14402 one of them is updated.
14403
14404 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
14405 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
14406 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
14407 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
14408 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
14409
14410 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
14411 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
14412 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
14413 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
14414 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
14415 entry points.
14416
14417 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
14418 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
14419 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
14420 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
14421 been disabled at compile-time.
14422
14423 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
14424 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
14425 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
14426 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
14427
14428 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
14429 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
14430 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
14431
14432 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
14433 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
14434 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
14435
14436 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
14437 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
14438 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
14439
14440 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
14441 remains until jobs expire.
14442
14443 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
14444 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
14445 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
14446 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
14447 all remaining processes of the service.
14448
14449 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
14450 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
14451 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
14452 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
14453 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
14454 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
14455 manager process which created them takes no further
14456 responsibilities for it.
14457
14458 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
14459 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
14460 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
14461 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
14462 marked executable or world-writable.
14463
14464 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
14465 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
14466 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
14467 "--setenv=" for consistency.
14468
14469 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
14470 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
14471 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
14472 independent of the host.
14473
14474 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
14475 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
14476 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
14477 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
14478
14479 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
14480 with specific SELinux labels set.
14481
14482 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
14483 any additional output but the container's own console
14484 output.
14485
14486 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
14487 container without PID namespacing enabled.
14488
14489 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
14490 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
14491 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
14492 OS images, but only specific apps.
14493
14494 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
14495 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
14496 results in registration of the unit service itself in
14497 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
14498
14499 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
14500 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
14501 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
14502 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
14503 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
14504 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
14505
14506 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
14507 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
14508 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
14509 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
14510 units to use.
14511
14512 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
14513 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
14514 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
14515 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
14516
14517 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
14518 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
14519 context for a service.
14520
14521 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
14522 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
14523 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
14524 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
14525 influence this logic.
14526
14527 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
14528 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
14529 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
14530 other things.
14531
14532 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
14533 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
14534 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
14535 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
14536 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
14537 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
14538 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
14539 architectures). There is also a global
14540 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
14541 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
14542
14543 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
14544 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
14545
14546 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
14547 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
14548 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
14549 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
14550 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
14551 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
14552 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
14553 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
14554 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
14555 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
14556 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
14557 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
14558 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14559 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
14560 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
14561 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
14562 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
14563 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
14564 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
14565 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
14566 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
14567 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
14568 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
14569 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14570
14571 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
14572
14573 CHANGES WITH 208:
14574
14575 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
14576 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
14577 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
14578 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
14579 access input and drm devices which are normally
14580 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
14581 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
14582 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
14583 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
14584 session switching without allowing background sessions to
14585 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
14586 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
14587 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
14588
14589 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
14590 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
14591 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
14592
14593 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
14594 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
14595 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
14596 kernel version number.
14597
14598 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
14599 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
14600 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
14601
14602 * This release removes high-level support for the
14603 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
14604 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
14605 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
14606 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
14607
14608 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
14609 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
14610 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
14611 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
14612 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
14613 cgroup system.
14614
14615 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
14616 messages containing the slice a message was generated
14617 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
14618 logs among other things.
14619
14620 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
14621 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
14622 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
14623 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
14624 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
14625 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
14626 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
14627 journald which would be necessary to resolve
14628 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
14629 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
14630 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
14631 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
14632 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
14633 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
14634 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
14635 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
14636 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
14637 not delayed until next reboot.
14638
14639 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
14640 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
14641 systemd generated files in one directory.
14642
14643 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
14644 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
14645 performance information if that's available to determine how
14646 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
14647 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
14648 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
14649
14650 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
14651 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
14652 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
14653 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14654 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
14655 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
14656 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14657
14658 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
14659
14660 CHANGES WITH 207:
14661
14662 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
14663 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
14664 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
14665 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
14666
14667 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
14668 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
14669 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
14670 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
14671 specified on the kernel command line less important.
14672
14673 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
14674 retrieve the VT number of a session.
14675
14676 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
14677 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
14678 maximum number of tries.
14679
14680 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
14681 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
14682 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
14683
14684 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
14685 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
14686
14687 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
14688 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
14689 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
14690
14691 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
14692 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
14693 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
14694
14695 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
14696 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
14697 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
14698 and type).
14699
14700 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
14701 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
14702
14703 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
14704 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
14705 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
14706 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
14707
14708 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
14709 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
14710 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
14711 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
14712 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
14713 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
14714 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
14715 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
14716
14717 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
14718 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
14719 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
14720 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
14721
14722 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
14723 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
14724 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
14725 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
14726 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
14727 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
14728 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
14729
14730 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
14731 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
14732
14733 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
14734 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
14735 automatically after the process terminated.
14736
14737 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
14738 certain paths from operation.
14739
14740 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
14741 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
14742 is received.
14743
14744 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
14745 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
14746 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
14747 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
14748 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
14749 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
14750 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
14751 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
14752 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
14753 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
14754 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
14755 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
14756 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14757
14758 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
14759
14760 CHANGES WITH 206:
14761
14762 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
14763 concepts introduced with 205.
14764
14765 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
14766 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
14767 -r".
14768
14769 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
14770 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
14771 --state= parameter.
14772
14773 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
14774 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
14775 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
14776 the journal.
14777
14778 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
14779 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
14780 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
14781
14782 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
14783 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
14784 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
14785 browsing logs from that point on.
14786
14787 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
14788 of an FSS key.
14789
14790 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
14791 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
14792 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
14793 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
14794 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
14795 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
14796 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
14797 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
14798 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
14799 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
14800 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
14801 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
14802 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
14803 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
14804
14805 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
14806 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
14807 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
14808 backing module right-away.
14809
14810 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
14811 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
14812
14813 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
14814 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
14815
14816 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
14817 set of processes in the message metadata.
14818
14819 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
14820
14821 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
14822 support for passing performance data via environment
14823 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
14824 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
14825 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
14826 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
14827 deserialize it again.
14828
14829 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
14830 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
14831 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
14832 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
14833
14834 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
14835 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
14836 completely silent shutdown when used.
14837
14838 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
14839 option in .socket units.
14840
14841 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
14842 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
14843 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
14844 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
14845 system.slice as before.
14846
14847 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
14848
14849 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
14850 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
14851 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14852 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
14853 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
14854 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
14855 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14856
14857 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
14858
14859 CHANGES WITH 205:
14860
14861 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
14862
14863 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
14864 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
14865 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
14866 possible for system services and applications to group their
14867 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
14868 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
14869 together, or apply resource limits on them.
14870
14871 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
14872 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
14873 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
14874 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
14875 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
14876
14877 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
14878 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
14879 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
14880 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
14881
14882 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
14883 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
14884 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
14885 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
14886 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
14887 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
14888 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
14889 and useful as a general batch manager.
14890
14891 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
14892 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
14893 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
14894 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
14895 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
14896 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
14897 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
14898 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
14899 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
14900 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
14901
14902 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
14903 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
14904 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
14905 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
14906 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
14907 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
14908 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
14909 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
14910 is compile-time optional.
14911
14912 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
14913 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
14914 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
14915 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
14916 well as slice units.
14917
14918 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
14919 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
14920 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
14921 but will be extended later on to make more properties
14922 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
14923 command that wraps this call.
14924
14925 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
14926 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
14927 while configuring a number of settings via the command
14928 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
14929 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
14930 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
14931 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
14932
14933 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
14934 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
14935 off audit.
14936
14937 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
14938 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
14939
14940 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
14941 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
14942 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
14943 and system logs.
14944
14945 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
14946 snippets extending unit files.
14947
14948 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
14949 not available as public API.
14950
14951 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
14952 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
14953 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
14954
14955 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
14956 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
14957 controls what to boot into by default.
14958
14959 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
14960 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
14961
14962 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
14963 generators needed for execution, as well as information
14964 about the unit file loading.
14965
14966 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
14967 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
14968 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
14969 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
14970 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
14971 racy due to journal file rotation.
14972
14973 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
14974 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
14975 all services.
14976
14977 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
14978 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
14979 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
14980 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
14981 system services want to log events about specific client
14982 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
14983 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
14984 unit is requested.
14985
14986 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
14987 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
14988 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
14989 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
14990 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
14991 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14992 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
14993 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
14994 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
14995 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
14996 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
14997 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
14998 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
14999
15000 CHANGES WITH 204:
15001
15002 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
15003 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
15004
15005 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
15006 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
15007 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
15008
15009 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
15010 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15011
15012 CHANGES WITH 203:
15013
15014 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
15015 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
15016
15017 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
15018 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
15019 fields, including the root directory.
15020
15021 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
15022 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
15023 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
15024 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
15025 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
15026 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
15027 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
15028 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
15029 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
15030 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
15031 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
15032
15033 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
15034 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
15035
15036 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
15037 have taken an inhibitor lock.
15038
15039 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
15040 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
15041 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
15042 the local hostname.
15043
15044 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
15045 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
15046 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
15047 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
15048 VMs/containers coming and going.
15049
15050 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
15051 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
15052 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
15053
15054 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
15055 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
15056 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
15057 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
15058
15059 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
15060 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
15061 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
15062
15063 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
15064 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
15065 services. With the container's root directory in
15066 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
15067 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
15068
15069 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
15070 the processes within a certain container.
15071
15072 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
15073 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
15074 check though. Patches welcome!
15075
15076 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
15077 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
15078 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
15079 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
15080 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
15081
15082 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
15083 the passed argument if applicable.
15084
15085 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
15086 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
15087 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
15088 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
15089 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
15090 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
15091 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
15092 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15093
15094 CHANGES WITH 202:
15095
15096 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
15097 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
15098 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
15099 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
15100 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
15101 units activate.
15102
15103 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
15104 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
15105 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
15106 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
15107 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
15108 for now, and not installable.
15109
15110 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
15111 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
15112 can run in conjunction with udev.
15113
15114 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
15115 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
15116 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
15117 session manager.
15118
15119 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
15120 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
15121 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
15122 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
15123 services, user processes and containers/virtual
15124 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
15125 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
15126 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
15127 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
15128 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
15129 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
15130
15131 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
15132
15133 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
15134 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
15135 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
15136 logical expressions.
15137
15138 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
15139 switches.
15140
15141 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
15142 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
15143 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
15144 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
15145 the user.
15146
15147 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
15148 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
15149 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
15150 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
15151 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
15152 an entry.
15153
15154 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
15155 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15156 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
15157 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
15158 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
15159 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15160
15161 CHANGES WITH 201:
15162
15163 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
15164 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
15165 directory.
15166
15167 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
15168 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
15169 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
15170 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
15171 problem.
15172
15173 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
15174 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
15175 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
15176 before the key file is attempted to be read.
15177
15178 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
15179 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
15180
15181 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
15182 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
15183 files in this context are files such as
15184 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
15185
15186 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
15187 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
15188 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
15189 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
15190 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
15191 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
15192
15193 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
15194 hostnames.
15195
15196 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
15197 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
15198 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
15199 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
15200 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
15201 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
15202 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
15203 all time-related output of systemd.
15204
15205 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
15206 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
15207 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
15208 loops.
15209
15210 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
15211 (models, layouts, variants, options).
15212
15213 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
15214 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
15215 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
15216 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
15217 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
15218
15219 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
15220 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
15221 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
15222 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
15223 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
15224 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
15225 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
15226
15227 CHANGES WITH 200:
15228
15229 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
15230 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
15231 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
15232 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
15233 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
15234 middle ground between physical and access time order.
15235
15236 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
15237 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
15238 images.
15239
15240 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
15241 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
15242 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15243
15244 CHANGES WITH 199:
15245
15246 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
15247
15248 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
15249 security policy.
15250
15251 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
15252 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
15253 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
15254 shared by all processes of a service (which means
15255 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
15256 the same service can still access). When a service is
15257 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
15258 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
15259 this though).
15260
15261 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
15262 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
15263 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
15264 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
15265 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
15266 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
15267
15268 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
15269 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
15270
15271 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
15272 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
15273
15274 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
15275
15276 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
15277 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
15278 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
15279 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
15280 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
15281
15282 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
15283 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
15284 system is to be mounted.
15285
15286 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
15287 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
15288 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
15289 purpose for socket units.
15290
15291 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
15292 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
15293
15294 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
15295 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
15296 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
15297 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
15298 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
15299
15300 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
15301 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
15302 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
15303 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15304 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
15305 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
15306 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
15307 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
15308 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15309
15310 CHANGES WITH 198:
15311
15312 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
15313 files without having to edit/override the unit files
15314 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
15315 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
15316 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
15317 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
15318 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
15319 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
15320 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
15321 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
15322 unit files locally: copying the files from
15323 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
15324 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
15325 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
15326 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
15327 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
15328 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
15329 for them too.
15330
15331 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
15332 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
15333 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
15334 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
15335 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
15336 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
15337 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
15338 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
15339 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
15340
15341 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
15342 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
15343
15344 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
15345 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
15346 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
15347 other users.
15348
15349 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
15350 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
15351 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
15352 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
15353 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
15354 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
15355 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
15356 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
15357 management logic is also available to other programs via the
15358 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
15359 supported.
15360
15361 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
15362 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
15363 the foreground VT.
15364
15365 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
15366 call.
15367
15368 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
15369 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
15370 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
15371 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
15372 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
15373 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
15374 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
15375 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
15376 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
15377 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
15378 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
15379 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
15380 also been removed.
15381
15382 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
15383 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
15384 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
15385 objects themselves.
15386
15387 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
15388
15389 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
15390 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
15391 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
15392 to how this is supported in shells.
15393
15394 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
15395 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
15396 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
15397 user systemd instance.
15398
15399 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
15400 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
15401 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
15402 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
15403 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
15404 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
15405 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
15406 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
15407 one day for good in the kernel.
15408
15409 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
15410 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
15411 container.
15412
15413 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
15414 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
15415 the host into the container.
15416
15417 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
15418 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
15419 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
15420 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
15421 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
15422 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
15423
15424 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
15425
15426 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
15427 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
15428 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
15429 configured to be mounted there.
15430
15431 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
15432 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
15433 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
15434 system resume events.
15435
15436 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
15437 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
15438 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
15439 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
15440
15441 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
15442 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
15443 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
15444 card).
15445
15446 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
15447 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
15448 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
15449
15450 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
15451 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
15452 later "change" event.
15453
15454 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
15455 now carry a message ID.
15456
15457 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
15458 continues to be work in progress.
15459
15460 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
15461 root directory to operate relative to.
15462
15463 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
15464 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
15465 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
15466 times a little.
15467
15468 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
15469 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
15470 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
15471 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
15472 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
15473 request boot into firmware operations.
15474
15475 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
15476 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
15477 correctly in initrds.
15478
15479 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
15480 compile time optional via a configure switch.
15481
15482 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
15483 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
15484
15485 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
15486 the status of all active or failed units.
15487
15488 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
15489 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
15490 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
15491 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
15492 requests more robust.
15493
15494 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
15495 reading journal files.
15496
15497 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
15498 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
15499
15500 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
15501
15502 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
15503 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
15504
15505 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
15506 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
15507 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
15508 socket activation in daemons.
15509
15510 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
15511 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
15512
15513 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
15514 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
15515 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
15516
15517 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
15518 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
15519 system units.
15520
15521 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
15522 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
15523 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
15524
15525 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
15526 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
15527 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
15528 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
15529 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
15530 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
15531 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
15532 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
15533 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
15534 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
15535 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
15536 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
15537 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
15538 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
15539 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
15540 package installation time.
15541
15542 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
15543 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
15544 scripts need to create these system user/group at
15545 installation time.
15546
15547 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
15548 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
15549
15550 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
15551
15552 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
15553 available.
15554
15555 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
15556 load SMACK policies at early boot.
15557
15558 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
15559 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
15560 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
15561 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
15562 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15563 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
15564 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
15565 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
15566 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
15567 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
15568 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
15569 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
15570 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
15571 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
15572
15573 CHANGES WITH 197:
15574
15575 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
15576 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
15577 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
15578 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
15579 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
15580 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
15581 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
15582 the supported calendar time specification language see
15583 systemd.time(7).
15584
15585 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
15586 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
15587 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
15588 document for details:
15589
15590 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
15591
15592 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
15593 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
15594 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
15595 implementations around and minimal in its code and
15596 dependencies.
15597
15598 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
15599 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
15600 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
15601 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
15602 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
15603 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
15604 with a configure switch.
15605
15606 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
15607 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
15608 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
15609 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
15610 such as ext4.
15611
15612 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
15613 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
15614 identities are attached to the devices as well.
15615
15616 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
15617 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
15618
15619 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
15620 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
15621 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
15622 using only core OS tools.
15623
15624 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
15625 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
15626 implementation of socket activated nspawn
15627 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
15628 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
15629 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
15630 eventually.
15631
15632 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
15633 presenting log data.
15634
15635 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
15636 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
15637
15638 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
15639 system on idle.
15640
15641 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
15642 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
15643 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
15644 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
15645 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
15646 information if possible.
15647
15648 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
15649 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
15650 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
15651
15652 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
15653 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
15654 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
15655 is running on battery power.
15656
15657 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
15658 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
15659 is in the "failed" state.
15660
15661 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
15662 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
15663 environment files at once.
15664
15665 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
15666 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
15667 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
15668 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
15669 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
15670 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
15671 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
15672 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
15673 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
15674 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
15675 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
15676 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
15677 pieces of code locally from the git history.
15678
15679 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
15680 log the unit name in the message meta data.
15681
15682 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
15683 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
15684
15685 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
15686 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
15687 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
15688 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
15689 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
15690 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
15691 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
15692 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
15693 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
15694 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
15695 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
15696 shipped from us upstream.
15697
15698 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
15699 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
15700 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
15701 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
15702 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15703 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
15704 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
15705 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
15706 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
15707 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
15708 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
15709 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
15710 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15711
15712 CHANGES WITH 196:
15713
15714 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
15715 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
15716 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
15717 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
15718 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
15719 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
15720 becoming the one central database for non-essential
15721 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
15722 database was only attached to select devices, since the
15723 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
15724 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
15725 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
15726 data for all devices where this is available, by
15727 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
15728 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
15729 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
15730 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
15731 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
15732 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
15733
15734 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
15735 indexed database to link up additional information with
15736 journal entries. For further details please check:
15737
15738 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
15739
15740 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
15741 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
15742 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
15743 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
15744 macro for this purpose.
15745
15746 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
15747 Python logging framework.
15748
15749 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
15750 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
15751 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
15752 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
15753 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
15754 time intervals.
15755
15756 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
15757 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
15758 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
15759
15760 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
15761 right-away on the selected coredump.
15762
15763 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
15764 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
15765 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
15766
15767 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
15768 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
15769 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
15770 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
15771
15772 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
15773 default.
15774
15775 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
15776 SMACK security label.
15777
15778 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
15779 daylight saving change.
15780
15781 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
15782 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
15783 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
15784 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
15785 distributions who still need support this to either continue
15786 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
15787 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
15788
15789 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
15790 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
15791 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
15792 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
15793 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
15794 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
15795 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
15796
15797 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
15798 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
15799
15800 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
15801 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
15802 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
15803 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
15804 offline updating tools.
15805
15806 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
15807 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
15808 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
15809 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
15810 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
15811 directories for packages to place various data files in.
15812
15813 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
15814 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
15815
15816 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
15817 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
15818 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
15819 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15820 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
15821 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
15822 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
15823 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
15824 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15825
15826 CHANGES WITH 195:
15827
15828 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
15829 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
15830 units via --unit=/-u.
15831
15832 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
15833 right thing.
15834
15835 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
15836 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
15837 rotation.
15838
15839 * The journal will now index the available field values for
15840 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
15841 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
15842 completion of journalctl has been updated
15843 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
15844 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
15845
15846 * More service events are now written as structured messages
15847 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
15848
15849 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
15850 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
15851 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
15852 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
15853 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
15854 these settings from the command line now, especially since
15855 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
15856 completion.
15857
15858 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
15859 extract coredumps from the journal.
15860
15861 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
15862 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
15863 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
15864 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
15865 scratch their heads.
15866
15867 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
15868 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
15869
15870 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
15871 in immediate termination of systemd.
15872
15873 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
15874 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
15875
15876 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
15877 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
15878 mouse screen support has been added.
15879
15880 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
15881 Server-Sent-Events as output.
15882
15883 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
15884 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
15885 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
15886 "systemctl reload".
15887
15888 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
15889 -u" instead.
15890
15891 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
15892 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
15893 configured.
15894
15895 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
15896 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
15897
15898 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
15899 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
15900 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
15901 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
15902 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
15903 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
15904 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
15905
15906 CHANGES WITH 194:
15907
15908 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
15909 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
15910 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
15911 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
15912 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
15913 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
15914 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
15915 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
15916 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
15917 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
15918 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
15919 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
15920
15921 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
15922 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
15923 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15924
15925 CHANGES WITH 193:
15926
15927 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
15928 starting from the specified location in the journal.
15929
15930 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
15931 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
15932 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
15933
15934 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
15935 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
15936 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
15937 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
15938 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
15939 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
15940 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
15941
15942 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
15943 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
15944
15945 This will download the journal contents in a
15946 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
15947
15948 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
15949
15950 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
15951 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
15952 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
15953 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
15954 screenshot of this app in its current state:
15955
15956 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
15957
15958 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
15959 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
15960
15961 CHANGES WITH 192:
15962
15963 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
15964 too.
15965
15966 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
15967 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
15968 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
15969 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
15970 just start them.
15971
15972 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
15973 and line break accordingly.
15974
15975 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15976 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
15977
15978 CHANGES WITH 191:
15979
15980 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
15981 container environment, copying the host's timezone
15982 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
15983 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
15984 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
15985
15986 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
15987 will default to 10 if omitted.
15988
15989 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
15990 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
15991 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
15992 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
15993 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
15994
15995 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
15996 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
15997 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
15998 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
15999 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
16000 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
16001 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
16002
16003 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
16004 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
16005 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
16006 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
16007 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
16008 into two.
16009
16010 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
16011 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
16012
16013 CHANGES WITH 190:
16014
16015 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
16016 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
16017 "systemctl status".
16018
16019 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
16020 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
16021 system to another place in the same file system could not be
16022 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
16023 field.)
16024
16025 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
16026 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
16027 default.
16028
16029 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
16030 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
16031 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
16032 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
16033 in a container.
16034
16035 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
16036 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
16037 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
16038 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
16039 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
16040 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
16041
16042 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
16043 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
16044 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
16045 no-op.
16046
16047 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
16048 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
16049 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
16050 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
16051 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
16052
16053 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
16054 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
16055
16056 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
16057 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
16058 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
16059 command.
16060
16061 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
16062 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
16063 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
16064
16065 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
16066
16067 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
16068 multiple files at once.
16069
16070 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
16071 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
16072 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
16073 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
16074 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
16075 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
16076 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
16077
16078 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
16079 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
16080 now support specifiers as well.
16081
16082 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
16083 dir: %_presetdir.
16084
16085 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
16086 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
16087
16088 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
16089 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
16090 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
16091 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
16092 anymore.
16093
16094 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
16095 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
16096 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
16097 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
16098
16099 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
16100 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
16101 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
16102
16103 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
16104 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
16105 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
16106 sockets.
16107
16108 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
16109 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
16110 is changed.
16111
16112 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
16113 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
16114 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
16115 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
16116 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
16117 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
16118 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
16119
16120 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
16121
16122 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
16123 the unit file label and client process label into account.
16124
16125 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
16126 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
16127
16128 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
16129 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
16130 (%b).
16131
16132 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
16133 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
16134 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16135 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
16136 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
16137 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
16138 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16139
16140 CHANGES WITH 189:
16141
16142 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
16143 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
16144
16145 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
16146 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
16147 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
16148 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
16149 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
16150 syslog daemons again.
16151
16152 * The libudev API gained the new
16153 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
16154
16155 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
16156 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
16157 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
16158 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
16159
16160 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
16161 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
16162 container.
16163
16164 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
16165 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
16166 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
16167 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
16168 this explaining it in more detail.
16169
16170 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
16171 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
16172 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
16173 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
16174
16175 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
16176 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
16177 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
16178 journal files.
16179
16180 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
16181 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
16182 as container init process a lot more fun.
16183
16184 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
16185 entries.
16186
16187 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
16188 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
16189 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
16190 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
16191 different sets of services.
16192
16193 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
16194 failure state.
16195
16196 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
16197 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
16198 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16199
16200 CHANGES WITH 188:
16201
16202 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
16203 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
16204 tree a lot more organized.
16205
16206 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
16207 may be used to group services in a natural way.
16208
16209 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
16210 services.
16211
16212 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
16213 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
16214 filtering by log level now.
16215
16216 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
16217 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
16218 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
16219
16220 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
16221 command lines involving service unit names.
16222
16223 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
16224 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
16225
16226 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
16227 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
16228 and encodes structured information about the error number.
16229
16230 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
16231 option.
16232
16233 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
16234 a shutdown is cancelled.
16235
16236 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
16237 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
16238 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
16239 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
16240 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
16241
16242 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
16243 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
16244 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
16245 for display managers instead.
16246
16247 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
16248 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
16249 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
16250 protection, and suchlike.
16251
16252 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
16253 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
16254 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
16255 the service.
16256
16257 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
16258 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
16259 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
16260 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
16261 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
16262 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16263
16264 CHANGES WITH 187:
16265
16266 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
16267 pages.
16268
16269 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
16270 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
16271 data loss.
16272
16273 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
16274 option.
16275
16276 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
16277
16278 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
16279 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
16280
16281 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
16282 specific directory.
16283
16284 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
16285 messages of two different boots.
16286
16287 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
16288 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
16289 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
16290
16291 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
16292 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
16293 disjunctions.
16294
16295 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
16296 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
16297 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
16298
16299 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
16300 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
16301 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
16302
16303 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
16304 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
16305 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
16306 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
16307 speed things up a bit.
16308
16309 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
16310 header data of journal files.
16311
16312 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
16313 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
16314 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
16315
16316 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
16317 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
16318 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
16319 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
16320
16321 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
16322
16323 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
16324 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
16325 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
16326 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16327
16328 CHANGES WITH 186:
16329
16330 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
16331 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
16332 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
16333 prefixed with rd.
16334
16335 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
16336 automatically generated at boot. Use:
16337
16338 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
16339
16340 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
16341
16342 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
16343
16344 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
16345 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
16346 as well.
16347
16348 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
16349 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
16350 in all appropriate directories automatically.
16351
16352 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
16353 does the right thing. Example:
16354
16355 udevadm info /dev/sda
16356 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
16357
16358 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
16359 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
16360 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
16361 running.
16362
16363 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
16364 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
16365
16366 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
16367 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
16368
16369 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
16370 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
16371 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
16372 files.
16373
16374 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
16375 be stopped that is not loaded.
16376
16377 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
16378
16379 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
16380
16381 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
16382 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
16383 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
16384 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
16385
16386 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
16387 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
16388 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
16389 completed initialization.
16390
16391 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
16392
16393 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
16394 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
16395 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
16396 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
16397 distributions.
16398
16399 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
16400 always valid when services log to the journal via
16401 STDOUT/STDERR.
16402
16403 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
16404 command line options we understand.
16405
16406 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
16407 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
16408
16409 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
16410 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
16411
16412 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
16413 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
16414 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
16415 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
16416
16417 systemctl status /home
16418 systemctl status /dev/sda
16419
16420 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
16421 system.conf parsing.
16422
16423 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
16424 Manager object.
16425
16426 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
16427
16428 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
16429
16430 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
16431 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
16432 complete.
16433
16434 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
16435 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
16436 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
16437 systemd-fsck@.service.
16438
16439 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
16440 Manager object.
16441
16442 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
16443 work sensibly.
16444
16445 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
16446 we actually understand.
16447
16448 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
16449 additional capabilities to the container.
16450
16451 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
16452 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
16453 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
16454
16455 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
16456 the current boot only.
16457
16458 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
16459 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
16460
16461 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
16462 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
16463 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
16464 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
16465 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
16466
16467 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
16468
16469 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
16470 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
16471 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
16472 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
16473
16474 CHANGES WITH 185:
16475
16476 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
16477 available.
16478
16479 * Several new man pages have been added.
16480
16481 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
16482 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
16483 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
16484 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
16485
16486 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
16487 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
16488
16489 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
16490 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
16491 Matthias Clasen
16492
16493 CHANGES WITH 184:
16494
16495 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
16496 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
16497
16498 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
16499 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
16500 daemon.
16501
16502 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
16503 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
16504
16505 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
16506 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
16507 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
16508 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
16509
16510 CHANGES WITH 183:
16511
16512 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
16513 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
16514 and systemd's most recent version number.
16515
16516 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
16517 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
16518 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
16519 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
16520 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
16521 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
16522
16523 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
16524 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
16525 subsystems.
16526
16527 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
16528 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
16529 used to subscribe to events.
16530
16531 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
16532 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
16533 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
16534 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
16535 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
16536 forked by udev rules.
16537
16538 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
16539 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
16540 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
16541 it.
16542
16543 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
16544 udev_monitor_from_socket()
16545 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
16546 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
16547 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
16548
16549 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
16550 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
16551
16552 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
16553 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
16554 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
16555 the files to the new names on upgrade.
16556
16557 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
16558 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
16559 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
16560 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
16561 to be used as drop-in files.
16562
16563 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
16564 particular suspending and hibernating.
16565
16566 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
16567 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
16568 about this in more detail.
16569
16570 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
16571 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
16572 places). Distributions which have not converted these
16573 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
16574 from git history and add them downstream.
16575
16576 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
16577 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
16578 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
16579 units.
16580
16581 * All smaller setup units (such as
16582 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
16583 are run in a container and are skipped when
16584 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
16585 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
16586
16587 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
16588 integrated, for details see:
16589 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
16590
16591 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
16592 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
16593 messages.
16594
16595 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
16596 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
16597 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
16598 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
16599 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
16600
16601 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
16602 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
16603 for all units started by PID 1.
16604
16605 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
16606 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
16607 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
16608
16609 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
16610 of PID 1 anymore.
16611
16612 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
16613 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
16614 have not been read by systemd yet.
16615
16616 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
16617 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
16618 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
16619 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
16620 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
16621 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
16622
16623 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
16624 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
16625
16626 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
16627
16628 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
16629 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
16630 so sexy.
16631
16632 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
16633 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
16634 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
16635 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
16636 patterns.
16637
16638 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
16639 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
16640 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
16641 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
16642
16643 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
16644 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
16645
16646 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
16647 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
16648 in systemd now.
16649
16650 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
16651 ID on the command line.
16652
16653 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
16654 for an init system.
16655
16656 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
16657 vt100.
16658
16659 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
16660
16661 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
16662 components now have directories of their own.
16663
16664 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
16665
16666 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
16667 container in other hierarchies.
16668
16669 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
16670 system.conf.
16671
16672 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
16673
16674 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
16675 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
16676
16677 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
16678 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
16679
16680 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
16681 locally generated journal files.
16682
16683 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
16684
16685 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
16686
16687 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
16688 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
16689 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
16690 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
16691 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
16692 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
16693 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16694 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
16695 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
16696 Gundersen
16697
16698 CHANGES WITH 44:
16699
16700 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16701
16702 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
16703 KVM or container configured UUID.
16704
16705 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
16706
16707 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
16708
16709 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16710 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
16711
16712 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16713
16714 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
16715 folks
16716
16717 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
16718 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16719 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
16720
16721 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
16722 configuration
16723
16724 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
16725 free fashion
16726
16727 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
16728 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
16729 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16730 automatically generated data.
16731
16732 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
16733 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
16734 however.
16735
16736 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
16737 tarball.
16738
16739 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
16740 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
16741 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
16742 Reding
16743
16744 CHANGES WITH 43:
16745
16746 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16747
16748 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
16749
16750 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
16751
16752 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
16753 normal user logins.
16754
16755 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
16756 Biebl
16757
16758 CHANGES WITH 42:
16759
16760 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
16761
16762 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
16763 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
16764 xsltproc.
16765
16766 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
16767 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
16768 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
16769
16770 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
16771 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
16772 reboot can automatically be triggered.
16773
16774 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
16775
16776 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
16777 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16778 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
16779
16780 CHANGES WITH 41:
16781
16782 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
16783 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
16784 package update.
16785
16786 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
16787 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
16788 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
16789
16790 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
16791 complete.
16792
16793 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
16794 understood to set system wide environment variables
16795 dynamically at boot.
16796
16797 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
16798
16799 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
16800 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
16801 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
16802 files.
16803
16804 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16805 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
16806 William Douglas
16807
16808 CHANGES WITH 40:
16809
16810 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16811
16812 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
16813 "Result" D-Bus property.
16814
16815 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
16816 the next few releases.)
16817
16818 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
16819 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
16820 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
16821 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
16822
16823 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
16824 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
16825 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
16826
16827 CHANGES WITH 39:
16828
16829 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16830 bugfixes.
16831
16832 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
16833 resource usage.
16834
16835 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
16836 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
16837 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
16838 journals by the respective users.
16839
16840 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
16841 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
16842 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
16843
16844 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
16845 client for all entries.
16846
16847 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
16848
16849 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
16850 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
16851
16852 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
16853 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
16854 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
16855 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
16856
16857 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
16858 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
16859 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
16860
16861 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
16862 journal along with meta data.
16863
16864 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
16865 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
16866 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
16867
16868 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
16869 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
16870 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
16871
16872 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
16873
16874 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
16875 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
16876 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
16877 or fsck.
16878
16879 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
16880 requested with new -k switch.
16881
16882 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16883 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
16884
16885 CHANGES WITH 38:
16886
16887 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16888 bugfixes.
16889
16890 * The git repository moved to:
16891 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
16892 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
16893
16894 * First release with the journal
16895 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
16896
16897 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
16898 systemd-stdout-bridge.
16899
16900 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
16901
16902 * Many systemadm clean-ups
16903
16904 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
16905 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
16906 remote mounts.
16907
16908 * Added Mageia support
16909
16910 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
16911
16912 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
16913 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
16914 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
16915 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
16916 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
16917
16918 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
16919 of existing distributions.
16920
16921 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
16922 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
16923
16924 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
16925 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
16926 boot.
16927
16928 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
16929
16930 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
16931 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
16932 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
16933 among other things.
16934
16935 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
16936 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
16937
16938 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
16939
16940 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
16941 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
16942 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
16943
16944 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
16945 restored.
16946
16947 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
16948 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
16949 kmod
16950
16951 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
16952 of /usr/local by default.
16953
16954 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
16955 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
16956 in:
16957 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
16958
16959 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
16960 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
16961 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
16962 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
16963 supported anyway, and bad style).
16964
16965 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
16966 reloading of units together.
16967
16968 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
16969 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
16970 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
16971 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
16972 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek